It’s astonishing, as I say, but not really, when you’ve been following this for years. That was always the way it was going. During and after World War II, when at the United Nations they said, that farming was too important to be left to farmers. That was the United Nations Department of Agriculture.
We have a caller on the line now. That’s Rico from Toronto. Are you there Rico?
Rico: Yeah, I’m here. How you doing?
Alan: Not bad.
Rico: Good. I was reading The Prince, Machiavelli, I read it before and I decided to just read Plato’s Republic, just a little bit. It’s just like you read the arguments and I’m like… Machiavelli had nothing on these guys. They were going back and forth saying how the evil man must appear good and the good man is not smart enough to appear good, so he’s going to always appear bad, in a bad light. So it’s like everything is reversed.
Alan: Everything IS reversed. That’s correct. It’s a science. We’ve lived through many instances of this too where they can tar certain segments of society… think about smokers. They were actually targeted with a WAR on smoking by the United Nations. When you hear Presidents and people at the United Nations say a WAR, they mean a war. That means winning at all costs. Then they went on a WAR on obesity. Now they’re slandering people who are obese. They can target any group, it doesn’t matter who you are, and make you appear suddenly – suddenly, overnight – A VERY BAD PERSON. [laughs]
Rico: It was interesting, incredible. Like I said, I read Machiavelli and it always seems like he’s trying to say, this is the practical way to ruthlessly, to get things done. These guys, I was like, I know where you got it from them.
Alan: Another one to read is the book that Francis Bacon wrote to the King on advice on handing certain emergences and problems and so on. There’s a lot written in there too, if you can get a hold of it.
Rico: What’s that called?
Alan: I’ve got it in the back room there but it’s really a compendium of advice to King James I. It’s very, very interesting.
Rico: I have another point. Can I hold on?
Alan: You can. Hold on and we’ll come back after this break.
I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix and we’ve still got Rico on the line from Toronto. Are you still there Rico?
Rico: Yes. Sometimes what I really don’t get is how people can actually think that these people in power, even when it comes to very wealthy businessmen, you look at them like… I don’t understand why people would actually believe the sham, like they so much care about the environment. One time I remember I was watching the Canadian Parliament and I saw them with the red ties and their little handkerchief. They look like a gang of gangsters there.
Alan: Well, essentially they are. When you ever watch the swearing in ceremony, watch it very closely because you’ll see them, the man puts out the little chart in front of them, they swear it. He stands in the Masonic position and stares him right in the eye as though it was all… You could almost see him with a sword there. They do the same thing. I watched one once and I thought, my God, this is a Masonic ritual they’re going through.
Rico: That’s right. That’s right. I don’t understand how people would believe like Ted Turner all of a sudden believes about the environment, they care about people….
Alan: Suddenly. Well, actually, you see, they have special dreams and they all just dream THAT on the same night and they all wake up the next day and they’re all the same, just like that. [laughs]
Rico: It’s just like, they’re all philanthropists and… To me, it just looks so transparent.
Alan: It is transparent. That’s the problem. It’s through REPETITION of the same nonsense daily to the public. The public don’t consciously think through things. They just hear repetition until it’s FACT. In their mind, it becomes FACT. But I’m going to try and squeeze Scott in from Inovic. Is Scott there from Inovic?
Scott: Hi there.
Alan: Hi.
Scott: I’ve been trying to download your material from the archive there Alan.
Alan: Whose archive?
Scott: Your archive.
Alan: On my site?
Scott: Yes. Is that available to me?
Alan: It is.
Scott: My friend says we’re not able to do it anymore. I guess he was mistaken.
Alan: He must be. Some people will use different players and sometimes you have to upgrade your player or something. Or if you have upgraded your player, you have to reset the thing or it won’t do it. There’s a whole bunch of problems it can create, but the archives are still up there and they’re all accessible.
Scott: I missed most of the show and I got in late. I guess you know about the clean water act being passed in the States right now. Do you?
Alan: Oh yeah. I’ve watched this on the go for ages. They even told us years ago when it would pass and they’re always right because it’s just an agenda we’re living through. There’s no debates about this stuff. It’s just a format on the calendar.
Scott: I guess the vote went through today at 12 to 7. Now it has to go to Congress now, or…
Alan: Why even wait? It’s a shoe-in. Personally, I’d rather they just give us a dictator who goes along with the same mandate and we don’t need the charade of paying all these other boys who sit like trained seals clapping for their party boss.
Scott: How is it that the people of the United States have forgotten that they’re not a Democracy, that they are a Republic? They’re ruled by law…
Alan: It doesn’t matter. President Wilson was the first guy to say it when he brought in the League of Nations, that they hoped that they’d ALL follow the democracy of the United States. That’s been repeated ever since then. So much, and again it’s been taught through the schools, as a democratic republic. Then they dropped the republic part. Now they’re just democratic. Well, now they’re international. IN fact, the US is leading democracy across the planet. Democracy, of course, is not what the public thinks it is. Democracy is really a cover, always was, for the very rich men of the world to run the world as they see fit. That’s what it really is. Thanks for calling.
That’s the music coming in, from Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
So, there’s a book out now on how it’s all orchestrated, and these big United Nations backed and approved NGOs, non-governmental organizations, are also working for the Pentagon. That’s why the real grassroots guys don’t even get acknowledged by the United Nations. They’re all working towards this Socialist, Collectivist, World System, run by a fascist elite at the top, but run on Communistic lines for all those down below with masses of levels of bureaucrats running our lives from birth to death. And they have unlimited financing. Both our tax money backing them, and the big foundations, the parallel governments. That’s how it really, really works in the real world. But to the viewers back home, we’re all sitting confused, thinking, well I guess these people really, really want this guy to get in. And they have no idea, none at all what’s really, really going on.
I remember reading an article from I think it was the Boston Globe, but it went through all major US media at the time, when an advisor to President Bush was talking to the media, and he said, he said, we’ll give you your reality. He says, and when we change reality for you, you’ll follow that reality and you’ll write about it too. And then we’ll change it again, and you’ll all follow the new reality. He says, reality is whatever we say it is, whatever we give you. That’s how we’re all treated, the same way. And sure enough, they do, give the majority of people what they think is reality, and it’s all illusion and camera shots, and PR, and repetition.
Now, I’ll go to the phones now, and we’ve got Laura from Illinois. Is Laura there?
Laura: Hi, Alan.
Alan: Hello.
Laura: In regards to, just to add to this, as far as the illusion is created, a really excellent movie to watch, a documentary, it’s called Control Room, about Al Jazeera. And this thing, it covers a lot of things, but in there, you’ll see them actually, they’ll be sitting in the newsroom, and you’ll see them all watching the broadcast come out from America, CNN, about the troops coming in, and also, pulling down the statue in Baghdad.
Alan: That’s right.
Laura: And they’re all sitting there going, they’re looking out on the roads, there’s no troops. And then when they hit the statue, the first comments coming out are, those aren’t Iraqis. Where did they get these people?
Alan: And then they panned back, years afterwards, and show you the US tanks with chains pulling it down.
Laura: Yeah. It’s all staged. There’s another real good one, and I can’t remember the name of it. It’s down in Venezuela when, what’s his name, they tried to overthrow him, yeah, Hugo Chavez, when they tried to overthrow him. And it will show the media coming out and the propaganda. And now, it’s much cruder than what we get here in the States, but you’ll recognize it, and it’s just, it’s a real good eye opener to people who don’t really realize, don’t really get a full grasp of the fact that it’s just all staged, all of it.
Alan: Yes. Even the fact that they put in embedded reporters. What does embedded mean? If one reporter was embedded with the military, and he was writing articles about atrocities of the military, he’d be dead. These guys are all on board with the agenda. (Chuckle)
Laura: Some of them didn’t go that way in the very beginning. I have a comment about that AIDS vaccine article. I think it went perfectly for them. I don’t think were worried about botching numbers at all. I think it was a staged thing to say that we tried to make a vaccine.
Alan: After getting billions of dollars, that’s right.
Laura: Yeah, right. But it just didn’t work. And what they probably did, and this is just my mind, because I just, is they probably perfected it. And now that stuff will be slipped into the other things.
Alan: You could be right on. I mean, here we are reading about the subterfuge that goes on in everyday life, across the world, and of course they couldn’t do it in that area? Of course they do it in that area too. Of course they would.
Laura: I’m sure. And two bangs for the buck, if not even more. And then one last thing, if I can, the Global Warming Scare. I’m seeing this not, you know, down here in the fields, everybody is, you’re always around people who just don’t get it. Okay? And you’ve got your left and your right and they’re still pointing fingers and playing this silly game. And nobody believes in it. And I’m wondering if they’re going to step back and go to a second thing to try to get a scare. Because I’m starting to see a lot of weird stuff out about the alien.
Alan: Oh, yeah.
Laura: Yeah, if they don’t fall back to that one.
Alan: Or the photon belt. We’re going to pass through a photon belt and suddenly become gods, and all the evil people will perish. That’s been the New Age stuff for years.
Laura: I bet you they pull that rabbit out of the hat.
Alan: I know, it’s monotonous isn’t it?
Laura: I know, I know. Alright, I’ll let you go. Thanks.
Alan: Thanks for calling. Another good movie to watch too, is Wag the Dog. That’s an excellent exposé on what they actually did eventually with Yugoslavia and Bosnia, and they even had the right names and the right countries involved before the war began, and they played it out, just the way it was played out in reality, a year or so later. Wag the Dog. Definitely see that. Also for the genetic testing and enhancement, etc, look at the movie Gattaca, where they create a new class, a superior class of those that are genetically enhanced, etc, who get all the jobs. This is not science fiction, really. This is all, in fact, it’s been discussed in universities after the movie came out, Gattaca. Well worth seeing. And now we’ll go back to the phones, and who do we have here.
We’ve got Debra in Baltimore. Hello, Debra.
Debra: Hi, Alan. How are you?
Alan: Not so bad.
Debra: It’s unreal. Now you’ve got the CEO of the lovely Rupert Murdoch, saying that bloggers should all be jailed. I mean, how do you not crack up entirely reading this man’s words. It’s because, bloggers, my God, they might actually expose them.
Alan: Oh God, God forbid, you know, and that’s the whole key. These guys literally have told so many lies. And the beauty of it so far is that just like the king has no clothes, it takes a child or someone to say something simply with facts behind it, and very short and simple, and you can break the spell. And they hate that. They hate that, people breaking the spell.
Debra: And so, I’m wondering how that’s all going to kind of like fold. Is that going to fold into the Hate Crime Bill? How does that all kind of, you know, bloggers, oh my God, they’re a threat.
Alan: Well, they’re already calling it low-level terrorism, officially.
Debra: But anybody who disagrees with the so-called government on anything, whether you disagree on the global warming scam or you disagree on the official 9/11 story, you’re all terrorists, now.
Alan: That’s correct, and that’s the only way they can go now. It’s the only way they can go, is to make examples. Terrify people by long jail sentences or stuff like that, to quieten them down. Because either it will continue, speaking the truth, or they will just come down on us. They have no other option.
Debra: No, and just, you know, but just on the face of it. How ridiculous is that? You know, any sane or thinking person, is going to say, well, you take whatever you read/see/hear with a grain of salt. Not everything on the internet is 100% factual. You have to understand that there are government paid agents out there.
Alan: I’ve read the articles where they have teams of specialists that go in and get chatty to people in chat rooms and then infiltrate, and then get a following, and use them to bombard people with hate mail and stuff. But it’s government agents that are doing it.
Debra: Right. And you know, what I’ve always said to people is, you know, be an individual. You are an individual. You’re a sovereign person. You don’t need to belong to Group A, Group B, Group C, whatever. You have.
Alan: Yep. You mean you don’t get a fancy cap for the gang?
Debra: (Giggle) I don’t need a gang. I don’t need a following. You know, and nobody does. And as long as people maintain that individual status, you know, this is what they can’t fight. They can’t fight that you’re a sovereign individual.
Alan: And they hate it. They have said at the United Nations openly that the cause of all wars is individuality. I’m not kidding. And therefore, the enemy of their perfect Utopia for the world peace is individuality. It must be destroyed.
Debra: That would make me an individual enemy of the world.
Alan: Yeah. That’s right.
Debra: And I’m proud of it.
Alan: That’s where they’ve gone with it, and they’re going to go a lot further. And it will, I mean, we’re already living in fantasy land when you listen to the guys at the top, with their declarations, as they keep piling laws and rules on us all. What to say, how to behave, what to eat, what not to eat.
Debra: Oh, it’s crazy.
Alan: How heavy you should be, how light you should be. How your child should be. What color eyes. You know.
Debra: And now they’re blaming, oh, you’ve got all these fat people. Well, my God. You know, they can’t afford anything else but the dollar menu at McDonald’s.
Alan: And also the stuff they’ve been forced with the GMO and plus all the stuff they put in the animals. But it’s mainly the oils now. They cannot tolerate it. It gets stored as fat and you cannot take it off. The scientists at the top know this. They’ve bio-engineered the people. We’re seeing the end product of it. And also, don’t forget that the United Nations who got all the countries to sign, I mean sign, after the War on Smoking, which the UN declared, the War on Obesity. So it’s from the United Nations, again, this whole PR spin on obesity.
Debra: And it’s just, it’s horrible, because it’s the people that have no money and no hope.
Alan: But it’s also designed to stigmatize another segment of society, you see, and create fear within people and so on, and give government more regulation over personal lives, right down to what you eat and how much you weigh and so on.
Debra: Yeah, and it’s horrific, because these are the people that are going to be targeted. At least in the area that I live, they have nothing. They have nothing. They’re just barely eking by. You know, so yeah, they’re eating whatever fills them up, potatoes.
Alan: And what’s cheap. All the stuff that you buy nowadays, if you’re buying processed stuff and all the rest of it, contains these oils. The body cannot, it will store them as fat, it can’t reconvert them. And once you’re thirty pounds over, you never get it off. And that’s from the top guys. They’ve tried and tried. This is bioengineering, absolutely. But there’s the break coming, so I’ll be back with more after these messages.
Hi folks, this is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Now we’ll go to Dan from Tennessee.
Dan: Hi, Alan.
Alan: Hello.
Dan: Did you make reference to this article from UPI from, I kind of caught your show mid-broadcast, about Netanyahu attacking Iran with television?
Alan: I think I have in the past.
Dan: Well, let me tell you this. This is from 2002, UPI. It says a former Israeli prime minister Thursday called upon the United States to effect regime change in both Iraq and Iran for ascribing a military invasion to topple the government in Baghdad and the transmission of ribald television programming via satellite into Persia, where he said the influx of pop culture would prove subversive to the conservative Islamic regime. Citing the hundreds of thousands satellite television dishes in Iran, Benjamin Netanyahu.
Alan: Yeah, I know all that, but the thing is too, that was even in the US military’s own magazine. I read that on the air. They said that they would bring in subversive culture, actually what they said was, one of the lowest subversive cultures into the rest of the world, because they said the rest of the world wants it. They were talking about the American low culture that’s been given to the public here, and use that across the world.
Dan: There’s a good movie, if you haven’t seen it. It’s called Nose: Iranian Style. And it’s about the epidemic of nose jobs in Iran.
Alan: I don’t know about that. I know what they had in Iran is a service going on right now where they’ll give you sex changes. That was on public broadcasting just a few nights ago.
Dan: Right, it’s like apparently plastic surgery is a big thing in Iran right now, to change, you know, the way even Iranians look to try to look more Western.
Alan: Iran is not the country that people think it is. Iran is, apart from the actual smaller religious groups that are in Iran, most people in Iran are almost atheistic, you know. And they’re all for grabbing what they think is democracy. They have no idea what democracy really is. We’ve been losing, if we ever had it, if we ever had it, we’ve been losing it all along. But these people over there don’t know that.
Dan: You know, just kind of as an aside, I haven’t heard a lot of people talk about this, but I remember back in like the late ’70s after Bonn Scott from AC/DC died, his sister was interviewed on Westwood 1. Her name is Adelaire Kinear, and she was trying to put to rest a rumor that AC/DC the acronym stood for Anti-Christ, Devil’s Child. And she said her brother, who died of an alcohol overdose told her that it was called Aleister Crowley Death Cult. That’s what AC/DC stood for.
Alan: Well, I tell you, I don’t know if it was or not, but all through that era, almost every group that there was, and right up to the present day, were definitely into Crowley. It’s even on the Beatles album, Sergeant Pepper. You’ll see it on the front page, all their heroes, and Aleister Crowley’s there, along with Marx and Lenin and so on. Amazing, but they do put it right in your face, and they all join the OTO, that’s the big movement for the New Age Masonic movement. Thanks for calling. That’s the music for tonight. So, from Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s Good Night and may your God or your Gods go with you.
Now, I think there is a caller there. He’s ‘pay day Monsanto’, Philly
Philly: How you doing there, great show. I just want to be brief. I didn’t want to come too late… I just want to commend you again, it’s been a while since I called, for taking us deep down the rabbit hole, I see a cartoon of you just coming out of a rabbit hole and somebody looking down you know, indicating like wow [laughs]. But there’s something you said on another show that really took me by surprise and I looked into it a little bit and I could see how it could be, but I was wondering if you could maybe direct one towards a place where we could see what you saw… Bristow and Zündel .
Alan: That was in the Toronto Sun, and Grant Bristow’s brother-in-law came out and sold the story to the Toronto Sun and the Toronto Star, and exposed Grant Bristow as the right hand man of Ernst Zündel, who supplied money to Zündel. Even the skinheads were suspicious of this guy Bristow because he had all this money and equipment for debugging, there was obviously bugging going on in Zündel’s office, and then it broke out and he said ‘yes’ he was also employed by Canadian security intelligence service (CSIS).
Philly: That’s breakthrough information.
Alan: He was also Jewish, he attended the synagogue in Toronto. And after the story broke they moved him… The papers found him in Alberta. The government had bought him a brand new house, a nice big van / SUV and so on. And now he’s back in the role, hunting down supposedly anti-Semitics. But he’s employed by the Canadian government. He also handed out all the private numbers of top Jewish people in Toronto, gave them to the skinheads to get a harassment campaign going. So, here’s a Jew, working for the Canadian secret intelligence security service, harassing Jews to create anti-Semitism and getting paid by the government to do it. Quite the thing.
From Hamish and myself, in Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.
Go into Socialism and study the ideology of Socialism, and do it from about the 1800s onwards, you’ll start to catch on that we’ve never left their Great Plan for The Great Work. And unfortunately they’re quite correct, in many ways. Many people will love, or come to love, their servitude. They will. There’s so many organizations set up on this pyramid socialist structure. Private organizations too, from the Boy Scouts all on, that’s trained them for this. And schools trained them for this. We’re all in it together. And the hierarchy is somehow official, and always right. You simply obey, you see, the masters. And the masters always know best. The fastest way to get it done, was a revolution, and that was called bringing in Communism through revolution. Stalin, and Lenin before him said that Communism was only Socialism in a Hurry. And it’s true. Fabian Socialism was to take place over 50 to a hundred years, and that was the best way they say, because gradual infiltration plus indoctrination of the public to accept Socialism intergenerationally would have a lasting effect. In fact the people wouldn’t notice it. You kind of notice a Revolution. You know you’ve been taken over. You know who the bosses are. When it’s done intergenerationally, you’ll think it’s always been this way. It’s quite the psychological trick. It works very well. Yeah, Communism was just Socialism in a hurry. I think that’s why they picked Russia, because they’re Russian (if you get my pun). Anyway, I’ll go to the callers now and there’s Kyle from Connecticut there. Are you there Kyle?
Kyle: Hi Alan.
Alan: Hi.
Kyle: Yeah, they are rushin’.
Alan: That’s right.
Kyle: I recommend that everybody go to your site, and download that Huxley talk at Berkeley (in the archives section) and buy your books, because you don’t plug yourself at the end of the show.
Alan: That’s right, I’m always carried away on some topic.
Kyle: But, you’re really on a roll. Just like them. Each show is getting better, and the predictive programming, you know, I notice more and more of it everyday. I remember those movies, Bio-Dome, where those, you remember that?
Alan: Yes.
Kyle: Now they’re talking about cities under domes.
Alan: Yes, as I say too, they had books out back in the 50s and 60s, or magazine articles, in the 50s and 60s. I think I put them up, some links up, about Buckminster Fuller, his ideas on dome cities. And it was pushed from the top, and I even met some, a Lord, a British Lord who was also an Architect, who also owns hundreds of companies throughout the States, the U.S., Canada, and Britain, and he showed me his drawings of at least Toronto. He had other ones too, with a big dome over it. It was a much smaller Toronto. And I asked him why, and he said, well when this is up it will be a much smaller Toronto. And all the traffic he says will be underground. It’ll all be done by tube stations and so on. There will be no private vehicles. And that was about ’82 or ’83.
Kyle: It’s like they couldn’t pull off the whole War of the Worlds thing with a threat from outer space, and UFOs and Crop circles.
Alan: That’s right.
Kyle: So this global warming thing has to work, it’s a last resort.
Alan: Yes, and I’m not kidding you. These guys will be ruthless to push it through. Nothing is going to stop them. Because that is to become the new economy, and we all become slaves, basically working to save the world, the planet, and eventually everything is taxed from you, until the state is issuing you your credits or whatever they give you as a substitute for money.
Kyle: Yeah, and their slogan you’re either with us or against us.
Alan: Yes, and they’re all ready, they’ve got brainwashed youngsters, and ready for new armies, Green Armies to save the world, and slave to save the world and mother nature and all the rest of it. I always think back to what George Orwell said. He said, “Some are more equal than others in such Utopias.” And of course, that’s just it. We’re not all going to be the same, just like Communism. There’ll be this hierarchy who live in luxury, and have all the benefits, and all the food, and they’ll get their coffee, and we can’t get that kind of stuff anymore. Some are more equal than others in such Utopias. That’s always going to be the Truth.
Kyle: And there’s always a double meaning between everything you know. They used to call them Secret Police, and now they call them Security Police, and they walk around with their shirts on, and Amtrak has their own police, the State Park Rangers are now Environmental Police.
Alan: And Park Rangers now are fully armed and dressed in black, and could get pulled off in fact for any war, if need be. They’re all trained for it now. They’re all interchangeable. That’s the multi-jurisdictional task force that was set up years ago where they allowed police in different organizations to all work together in the military, and then go back to their units.
Kyle: They’re blockheads. Very level-headed.
Alan: Yes, yes. They’re all level-headed. Keep them square as they say.
Kyle: They’ve been pounded a little too much. Well, thanks Alan.
Alan: Thanks for calling. And there’ s Dave from Arizona. Are you there Dave? Hello Dave?
Dave: A question on Albert Pike if I could. Albert Pike wrote a letter to an Italian Freemason named Mazzini
Alan: It said that he trained him in fact, and that Mazzini took over from him. Remember too that Pike was also involved with the World Revolutionary Party, that eventually became the Communist Party.
Dave: The question was, he talked about Three World Wars. And he said that at the end of the Third World War, which interesting, dealt with Islam and Terrorism, that it would be at the end of the war would be the end of Atheism and Christianity. Now he said that the pure doctrine of Luciferian would come into view. Is that Satanism?
Alan: It’s above even Satanism, and I’ll come back after this break and try to do a little on it, but there’s not much time. We’ll try and touch on it, hold on.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix, with a question to see if Luciferianism is the same as Satanism. You’ve got to understand the concept of both, it’s the dialectic because of course, back in Ancient Egypt they had it really worked out well. They used the sun god Ra, and sometimes they said the hidden god behind all of that that you could see; they used symbols for what you could see. And the sun represented light, of course, and Horus was the offspring of Osiris. The offspring is often called the Son of Light, the Light Bringer, or the Morning Star is another term they use for it as well in other writings. In Jewish or Hebrew religion or mythology, Satan worked for God. He was sent out like a prosecutor to tempt you and then like a sting operation, and then report you.
Dave: That’s why he was an angel right?
Alan: That’s right. Now Lucifer on the other hand, supposedly was the creation of the deity that literally did rebel, believing that he had Superior Intellect, and he had the right to be God himself. And the boast was he would rise higher then all the gods that had ever been, through his pure intellect and the understanding of nature, which really means the breaking down of things into science, understanding science. Pure intellect. So Lucifer is always a symbol of Masonry or Theosophy or the previous names of all the same movements we’ve had down through the ages for pure intellect. Pure intellect, above all the darkness. The profane means those who live in the darkness, they’re base people, they have little understanding. And so they’re in darkness. They’re not in the knowing.
Dave: So Luciferian is just the sun?
Alan: It’s a symbol only for these top people of pure logic, intellect, and intellect combined. That’s why they use that symbol of the light. The light has always symbolized understanding. Therefore those who understand, they believe, have the right, are gods. What is a god? Break down what a god is. A god is someone with incredible power over others. You rise to the top through cunning and skill. Even Darwinism, to the top. So you’re proving you’re an ultimate survivor. You can manipulate others to get to the top and then rule them. You have the power then over life and death of people. Who gets born, who will not get born. Who will die. How many people will die. Whole nations can die. That’s called raw, physical power. You can command anything to be done, physically, and it will be done. So you understand, there are many ways of viewing a god. You can have a stone image, in some tribes and that’s a god. Or you can have literally a combination of men who have risen to the top, with a massive organization backing them, who now command, they’re now the captains of industry for the entire planet. Some of them own the entire food supply of the world. They’re godlike in their powers, and they believe they’re illumined because they’re the only ones who are truly in on the agenda. The rest of us, who are outside, are kind of groping in the darkness and going up towards the dawn as they say, the in-between stage of understanding. Whereas they’re the only ones, since they make the agenda, they give us our realities, they give us our media, they’re the only ones who really do know what’s going on. We’re given substitutes or excuses, or, as I say, partial truths, but never the whole truth. Never the whole truth.
Dave: Thanks, Alan.
Alan: Thanks for calling. And I’m sorry to Sam and Leo in Massachusetts, I’ll try to get you the next time you call in. From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s Good Night, and may your god or your gods go with you.
Now there’s a caller there if she’s still hanging on. It’s Diana from California, I should really take you before I continue. Are you there Diana?
Diana: Hi, I have been attempting to read Agenda 21. I picked it up and put it down four times over the past several months. Anyway, I finally got into it, I think I got the flow of the bureaucratese, but I have some questions and it’s mainly on wording. When they talk about human settlements, are they referring to settlements for the elite that will be nice and beautiful, or is that a different word for habitat, in their mind?
Alan: It’s both actually. Under their other part of the plan, which is called Communitarianism, and they’ve published other articles before that last one came out, the Agenda 21. They want the sustainable community, so they want sort of laboring classes almost like creating their own particular articles for sale across other particular communities across the World, but small communities basically. Even with handicrafts and all that.
Diana: Yeah, that’s what I thought. And next question, there’s about there, but they should be quick. In the poverty section, combating poverty it talks about, let me see, it should provide all persons urgently with the opportunity to earn a sustainable livelihood. Now when they say all persons are they referring to the elites?
Alan: Persons is an amazing word, because it’s used in law, and you have to go into the meaning of person in law to get the right meaning of it. And you can say you’re an individual, or you’re a human being even. But if you say a person, you’re under a different category all together. Citizen again puts you under a different category. It’s referring to a particular group.
Diana: Okay, that’s that one. And I can skip that one, sorry…I have so many little notes here. Oh, you know what I did notice in the demographics section. They specifically state here, policies and programs should be developed for handling the various types of migrations that result from or induce environmental disruptions. They’re talking about weather control there, right?
Alan: That is one of them, absolutely. But it also, what they want to do in this Brave New World is to contain, you see the working communities they still want to have around. Small ones, making their shoes and stuff like that, and building baskets for them, and all that kind of stuff. You know, nice cozy rosy stuff. They don’t want them moving either from their areas they’re under, under this. H.G. Wells gives you a better scenario, because it was planned a long time ago, and he wrote the book, a Modern Utopia, you should read that book. Because there’s a restriction of travel outside your permitted area, you have to get permission to do it.
Diana: Right okay, and then I also noticed in the health section, they refer to respiratory infections, and acute respiratory infections like five times. Now this is written in 1992, so they were anticipating the spray, the chemtrail problems here weren’t they?
Alan: They were anticipating it back in the 1960s when Buckminster Fuller first got his picture of the first dome, I think it was Houston, and I gave the links for it before, a couple of weeks ago, you can punch it up and see it for yourself, where he doesn’t explain why they want a dome over a good part of the city. And then others followed suit. I saw one in the 1980s, early 80s, by an architect, for Toronto, and then we have books coming out now, from guys in the U.N. about the domed cities. And then you had that dome, do you remember that dome experiment where they hired youngsters to go in there and live there for so many years supposedly. That was in the States, and they kept given us little bits of how they were doing, and sustaining themselves inside the dome, that was all part of that project as well.
Diana: Yeah, Logan’s Run was in a dome also, wasn’t it?
Alan: That’s right, sort of an underground dome.
Diana: I think this is my last question here. It’s in the demographics section. Now they keep, you know how they’ll use a whole phrase, like a string of twelve or fifteen words, that they’ll use over and over in different paragraphs, but they like to say, anyway, they mention freedom, dignity, and personally held values. And so I’m reading that thinking, that’s all good, but what do they mean?
Alan: Well remember, freedom, freedom is slavery. Remember at first I read tonight’s show with Huxley, he says, people will come to love their servitude. Under the new Socialist system, it’ll be partly almost like the Chinese model. You can’t complain about government, you must think you’re all working together collectively for the good of all and to save the world. So that’s what that really means.
Diana: I hear the music.
Alan: Hold on, we’ll go into more of that, when we come back from this break.
This is Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Talking to Diana from California. Are you still there Diana?
Diana: Yes, hello.
Alan: Yes, continue.
Diana: Last question. Throughout all of these chapters I’ve gone through, they consistently mention women, youth and indigenous people, and women empowering women, giving them jobs, giving them all this. Is that, because as you said, you know, if they can get the women, the children will follow, and then the men will follow?
Alan: It’s partly that, but you see, here’s the strategy that they’ve used in the United Nations for years, an awful long time. They send in NGOs first of all, often again, financed by U.S. aid and so on, and the foundations. And they start to teach women. It’s not just teaching women, first they befriend them. They go into third world countries, so they’re really looked up to, these people who come in. And they’re almost treated, worshiped in a sense, because of their status, and their wealth and all the rest of it. That’s how Third World people see them. And they want to emulate that. They’re given grants by the U.N., just the women, to start businesses up. They’re given education, just for the women. That’s what Oprah does too in Africa, just for the women. And the guise, the idea, it’s a political maneuver to bypass the male input all together. Because men tend to stand back and say, what’s the con here, what’s really going on? What’s the political agenda? But they bribe the women in a sense to bypass the men. Now remember that ties in with Kissinger’s long-term strategy on Depopulation of the Third World that I read the other night, and when he made it, when he put out that Memorandum. I read it last night in fact. For the Third World countries, this is one technique to bypass the future problems, which are the men. And if the women don’t breed, you see, the other thing too is not to have children.
Diana: Yeah, they go through that quite a bit.
Alan: And to go for material wealth, don’t have children, have abortions, and that’s supplied to them again by these agencies under the United Nations umbrella, through the NGOs and the foundations, and the government. Then it’s to bring the population down, so they can bypass future problems that will happen in those countries when the U.S., at least those who rule the U.S. want to go in and take their resources. They won’t have the people simply to fight back. And men, who have nothing to fight for will not fight at all. They generally fight for their family, you see.
Diana: Okay, lastly do you have any hints or tricks, or words of wisdom on reading bureaucratic?
Alan: Bureaucratese, it’s a fascinating topic. If you can go into the writings of a couple of the founders of the Fabian society, Sidney and Beatrice Webb. W-E-B-B. They were the creators of modern bureaucratese language. And they worked with Shaw and Wells, and others who were the founders along with the big financiers that came in to back them. They created what we now know as bureaucratese. And their books are available. They’re very, very boring, believe you me, but they’ll often define their terms. You must also go into preambles of anything that’s signed. In the preamble they will often tell you what particular words will mean in the context of the articles below, which is often very different from what you’d think.
Diana: Yeah, I’m learning that. I’ve looked up a lot of words. Well, thank you very much and have a good night.
Alan: And same to you.
Diana: Thanks.
And there’s the music coming in. I was going to read something from the Reincarnation Bank. You can actually put money in the bank, and when you come back in another life you can get someone to regress you, and find the codes and claim your money back. I’ll tell you, if this person was born into a powerful family, they’d be way up there with the Rockefellers. It’s called the Reincarnation Bank. From Hamish and myself, in Ontario Canada, it’s Good Night, and may your god or your gods go with you.
i folks, this is Alan Watt, Cutting Through the Matrix. And I’ll try to get a caller in now. We’ll try Ron from Michigan if he’s still there.
Ron: Hello, Alan.
Alan: Yes.
Ron: Hi. You made a, you had a talk around New Years about numeric code that’s used by the powers that be, and I think it’s the skull and bones code. I heard reference to it by a caller later, but I did miss the talk that you made. I was wondering, I was trying to find the lecture that you gave about this numeric coding, used in the stock market, and other things. I was wondering if you could help me find it.
Alan: The actual talk that I gave? You mean the date, you mean?
Ron: No, it was numeric code used for.
Alan: Were you actually looking for the talk itself?
Ron: Yes, yes, I was.
Alan: I’d have to hunt through and try and find it. And I’ve given it before too, even years prior to that. What was your question, anyway?
Ron: Well, I was trying to find that code. No other questions. I heard you had a visit from a professor friend of mine, a few weeks ago.
Alan: Yes, that’s right.
Ron: I’ll let the other caller get in. I think there’s another one that’s waiting, I think.
Alan: The coding is quite fascinating though because they do use codings, and they always have, I mean from the ancient times, which isn’t difficult, especially since you got understand it’s only the last couple of hundred years, and actually less than that, the majority of the public had even basic education. So it was so simple to fool the people for thousands of years by a few educated people with it. Remember, a number is just a symbol, and they use symbols as a language. Same with all the stelas in Egypt, etc, there’s so much you can write about what’s expressed by Egyptologists as what it says. When you see them in context with other stelas, etc, and hieroglyphs next to them, there’s also another story contained within. And that was a common thing that’s accepted by all the supposed professionals today, that they did like their little puns, and their little signs to each other, for those in the know. So there’s nothing, really, really unusual. And it’s been used down through the ages, up to the present time. It’s like the five-pointed star. Why is it so important, why is it the five pointed star that’s all throughout Freemasonry, you know, and then you get your five points of brotherhood, and we see that displayed all the time with leaders, even opposing leaders supposedly. On television, when they meet together, presidents and prime ministers and dictators, and it’s heel to heel, knee to knee or toe to toe. Knee to knee, and then it’s chest to chest, arm to back, cheek to cheek. They do this stuff in front of us all the time on the world stage. You don’t realize they’re actually going through a Masonic ritual rite in front of you. So everything is a ritualistic symbol. And it’s so interesting too that to read their own documents that even the higher groups of masonry, as today it’s called Freemasonry, it’s called many things in the past, it changes its name, but they’re not allowed to show their higher codes and passwords and signs to the lower degrees as well. So it’s a need-to-know basis you might say. But you will see things always scattered through the newspapers with little masonic puns in it, that the public are oblivious of all the time.
That’s the music coming in. And from Hamish and myself, in Ontario, Canada where it’s supposed to rain again, I think tomorrow, it’s Good Night and may your god or gods go with you.
Boy, they’re going to pump this for everything they’ve got, eh. But there you go. It costs one pound to make a shot, and they sell it to the Health Service for 6 pounds. So there you go, there’s where the money is these days, eh. It’s in crisis creation and you’ve got the solution. Not that it will be the solution mind you. I wouldn’t touch it with a barge pole, anything they offered me. Now there’s a caller there, we’ll try and get him in. Kevin from Texas. Are you there Kevin?
Kevin: Yes, I’m here sir.
Alan: Go ahead.
Kevin: Yeah, I guess we’re short on time, so I’ll make it quick. I recently reread Atlas Shrugged, and I was a little surprised on some of the subtle things I missed thirty years ago, the first time I read it. And my question was, what did you think of Ms. Rand, and her writings, and where she, if she had a particular position amongst the Russells, the Huxleys, and so forth.
Alan: Well, she did. I think her name was Alice Rosenbaum. She changed it when she came over. And she had many followers from the Middle Class, who thought she spoke for them. And being an individual, and doing an individual thing, but you have to look at what she was saying from another side of the fence. Look who she mixed with. She was a mistress of Baron Rothschild at one point, for a long time. She was speaking on behalf of those she called geniuses who already ruled the world, who were individualists and had the right to do with the world as they saw fit. And that the masses hindered them. She even put the ideas in her books like Atlas Shrugged and so on, and there was another one too, I can’t remember the name of it, but this guy fights his way out of a Totalitarian sort of religious society, and becomes an individual, then a Lord, and then he ends up with Ego, I am pure Ego, I am Master. So in other words, it depends on what side of the fence. She was actually speaking on behalf of the elite themselves, not the followers who followed her. And therefore the Rothschilds, men of genius, who already ruled the world, had the right to do as they wished with the whole planet, and everybody in it. And that’s a telling point. It was very, very interesting to see that the followers thought she was speaking for the average middle class American.
Kevin: Yeah. Thirty years ago, when I first read it, I thought she was speaking for the Libertarian type American, and when I just re-read it, you’re right. That’s exactly what I got. I was kind of surprised, I realized, Oh, No, no, no, no, no. She wasn’t speaking for us.
Alan: That’s right, and she mixed with Einstein and all these characters in Hollywood. She was always with the multi-millionaires, individuals who were really outside of politics directing whole countries. And she admired these people. And that’s what she was all about, that the masses had no right to keep these people behind or pull them down, or not let them do what they wanted to do, and now we’re facing it, because the ones who are ruling the world are the very people she was talking about.
Kevin: I know we’re running out of time. I can hear the music. If you can give me one writer, one writer that speaks for the real people, who would it be?
Alan: For the real people? I’d have to get back to you on that; it would take a bit of thinking.
Kevin: Give me one name.
Alan: That’s the music, so it’s the end of the show for tonight, so from Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s Good Night, and may your god or your gods go with you.
nd of course the cops will also have the readers for all this stuff, and so on. And you know where it’s all going. Now I’ll go to the phones now, and there’s Maggie from Texas there. Are you there Maggie?
Maggie: Ah, yes Alan. You were talking about Fluoride earlier, a subject I’m very interested in. And I have just heard that the European court has declared that Fluoride is a medicine, which is what you said. And therefore food cannot be, preface, foods, cannot be prepared with fluoridated water. And I know that in the United States at least, we do export to the European market, and I also understand that we water down our beef and pork and chicken considerably with water. And I’m thinking that maybe might affect the trade situation. But in any event, my real question is, we know that the people who are in charge of making these proclamations are the same people who want to hurt the population with Fluoride, so what do you suppose is the story behind this? What are they getting at by doing this? Is it something that will immediately affect the United States perhaps in an adverse way, or something deeper? The kind of things you’re good at rooting out. So what is your opinion?
Alan: Well, first of all, they won’t be taking it out of the local water supplies in Europe. As they say themselves, it’s to do with processed foods, and it’s mainly for export. So it will be something to do with some new export category, of regulations for exporting and importing goods. That will be the first thing on the agenda. Because obviously, even people importing it into Europe with Fluoride, that’s been flushed in Fluoride water, they can’t do that anymore, and it’s going to create more debate perhaps, within some sort of United Nations Community Association, or maybe even get it back on the card so the experts can come back out with more evidence of why it’s so good for you. It’s to stir debate I think more than anything else. And probably they’ve got all their experts lined up and they’ll say, well, it’s actually better for you. Or they’ll find new findings that it actually makes you live longer or something like that. Who knows? But only time will tell in this situation. They will never backtrack and take it out of the water supplies, when it’s worked so well, so far.
Maggie: Yeah, well that’s what I assumed. I was wondering what the back story might be to this. It would seem to throw a little impediment in the way of their march toward getting everybody fluoridated, and we know that’s what they want, even though in Europe at the moment they are not using Fluoride.
Alan: Another thing too, it could be sent off to the GATT court, the G-A-T-T court that makes world decisions on all trade, and that will be one of the big first ones that they come up with, that they come out and say it’s okay, it’s safe to use for the world. That makes them again, the official body for all trade and commerce. And it’s star court, you can’t repeal their decisions.
Maggie: Oh, okay. Okay. That begins to make some sense. Thank you very much Alan.
Alan: Thanks for calling.
And from Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, where it pours rain all the time these days, and it’s always below 60, it’s Good Night, and may your god or your gods go with you.
Government virus expert paid £116k by swine flu vaccine manufacturers
A scientist who advises the Government on swine flu is a paid director of a drugs firm making hundreds of millions of pounds from the pandemic.
Professor Sir Roy Anderson sits on the Scientific Advisory Group for Emergencies (Sage), a 20-strong task force drawing up the action plan for the virus.
Yet he also holds a £116,000-a-year post on the board of GlaxoSmithKline, the company selling swine flu vaccines and anti-virals to the NHS.
(A: Oh, it’s a sweet deal, eh. A sweet deal.)
Sir Roy faced demands to step down yesterday amid claims that the jobs were incompatible. ‘This is a clear conflict of interest and should be of great concern to taxpayers and government officials alike,’ said Matthew Elliott of the TaxPayers’ Alliance.
‘You cannot have the man in charge of medical emergencies having any financial interest in the management of those emergencies. We need someone totally unbiased to tackle this crisis.’
The Department of Health and GSK denied there was a conflict
There’s no conflict at all. The man’s the main scaremonger. (Laughter) And you have to buy the drugs from him. There’s no conflict. Where’s your conflict? But that’s what we’re up to today too, the massive corruption at the top. They don’t of course see that as corruption at the top, it’s just a normal day’s business, because that’s how they’ve always been. They’ve always been that way. Now I’ll go to Ryan in Montana. Hello, Ryan, are you there on the phone?
Ryan: Hello. Well, I just wanted to talk to you a little bit about the pharmacological pandemic here. See, I’m 22 years old, and I’ve grown up in this post world 9/11 lie and it’s very interesting that living in this myth drenched society that at this time the society couldn’t be any more doped up, and on as many drugs as they can find. And you can see it in my age group so bad, that people literally trade their anti-anxiety medication like it’s candy, and it’s normal. I mean, ever since 9/11, it’s just turned into this, it’s almost like it was meant to be, like you say. It’s pretty crazy. I mean, it’s just hard when I listen to you, and I see it in real life every day, and people I mean, it’s just for the pills, everyday.
Alan: Well, that’s again what Huxley and many others in the same panels he worked with, the same associations, said, the reason a whole series of techniques to help the controlling oligarchy, to make people love their servitude, and he said part of it too was with pharmacology and psychology combined. So you’re right. We’re right there. It’s a normal thing now to pop pills to feel good.
Ryan: And it’s pretty scary to go and read that chapter in the Impact of Science on Society by Bertrand Russell, to read actually what he really says, and it’s exactly what we have today.
Alan: Exactly. Even right down to the creation of apathy. Huxley also talked about a very dangerous stage, because by that time they would have destroyed all morality, all religion, and the people would have nothing to guide them, you see.
Ryan: That is, I mean, it’s very scary reading that because if you try to put your finger on what it is, and the destruction of morality, or like you say, moral relativism, this idea that morality is relative. And my friends, I mean, they could never put their finger on any of this, but it really is interesting, especially after 9/11, how this entire pharmacological, I mean, I call it a pandemic, has developed. I mean it’s stunning. It really is. I can’t get over it.
Alan: It’s been one thing after another, and the entire push to destroy the last of an old way of life. And that’s really what it is, destroying the old completely, leveling it completely, morality, everything, old traditions, all that’s been destroyed to bring in the new society of total control.
Ryan: And it really, it really does seem like that’s where it’s at. Because, I mean, you can even tell kids that have grown up in my age, haven’t grown up with a strong family foundation, and their morals, and what they consider to be right and wrong. It doesn’t exist anymore.
Alan: It doesn’t.
Ryan: It doesn’t. And the most fascinating thing about this is when you talked about Plato, and you talked about music, and how he wanted to have it licensed. The effects of music and the music you hear nowadays with all these young women coming out, and the songs, they’re about drugs, sex, be stupid. I mean, it really is fascinating to see how it kind of all, all connects, and I just can’t get over it.
Alan: And that whole culture industry, believe you me, it’s not those young girls coming out with those ideas, it’s the big culture creators behind them, who know how to do it. And who know what kind of message they want for this particular generation to absorb. I read an article recently, a few weeks ago, of how so many young women now are trying to emulate the starlets, and the female musicians, and their dress, going bankrupt. They’re all into drugs thinking it’s a trendy thing, because these girls, apparently, according to the media and Hollywood, they’re all into drugs. So this is the culture industry. It’s monkey see, monkey do, and they’ve been at this for a long, long time. And now they’re simply bringing us to the lowest common denominator of the abyss basically.
Ryan: And you literally, when you say that about the females, you really couldn’t be any more right because that is what I see every day. It’s the same girl, with the same ideals, all received from the same place. It’s unbelievable, but I really appreciate what you’re doing, and I just wanted to let you know, if anyone is getting anything out of what you do, I certainly do sir.
Alan: Well, thanks for calling and hang in there, because we need people who can still think.
Ryan: Yes, well I hope so. Thank you very much Alan.
Alan: Bye now.
Yeah, it’s true. The drugs are being pushed at such an incredible speed now, but again I noticed the shift myself, to the young females, again through much music and through all the magazines that they see and want to emulate, and it’s very, very true, they give us the stars and the people follow them. They all want to be trendy and be up there. And there’s more and more women now into the harder drugs, thinking they’re being successful and getting up the ladder by taking those drugs, and it’s destroying them. And of course, the culture industry is doing its job, because that’s what it’s designed to do. Now we’ll go to Brandon from Florida, are you there Brandon?
Brandon: I am. Good to speak with you. I wanted to say thanks for all that you do. And I’ve been going through your blurbs. You should put together a soundtrack of all the songs you put at the end, because those are, I’ve never heard many of those, and they’re good stuff. There’s one song, I actually want to ask you what it was called, it was about like a squirrel chasing a peanut, and drive me sane or something, it was pretty funny.
Alan: We used to have songs at one time that had a bit of satire in them, because they could reflect, again like comedy, you could get a message across with an easier method of delivery. Everybody could laugh at and know the serious of it at the same time; that’s pretty well gone today.
Brandon: Yeah, so I thought those were all great selections and I really appreciate them. I was wondering…
Alan: I’ll tell you, hold on until after this break and we’ll come right back with you.
Hi folks, this is Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix, and we’re talking to Brandon from Florida. Are you still there Brandon?
Brandon: Yeah, I was speaking with my brother about movies, and how there’s a lot of predictive programming in them. And I’m not so knowledgeable in that area, and he was asking for like examples. I mean, he believes a lot of the things about the New World Order, and all that, but I guess I was wondering, I don’t really know of any specific examples of actual funding given to directors, I don’t know if you could provide, or give me something.
Alan: Funding to directors of what?
Brandon: Of a movie, or producers who put out these?
Alan: How it works is really from the writers. First off the go, it’s from the writers. And you’ll find a lot of mainstream, big sci-fi type writers, especially, they attend a futuristic society. The Futurist Society. They call them the Futurists. And it’s an association, and you go there, and the big grant providers turn up there, like people from the Rockefeller foundation and so on, and they will pick certain writers and tell them, we want you to express this in a book. Write a story around it, make it exciting, but get these messages into the book, you see. And then it goes into book form and often it’s given to some director to put in a movie. You’ll find lesser script writers, that don’t get into books, will copy them. There’s always a whole bunch of spin-offs on similar themes that come out at the same time, by lesser writers. It’s like music too by the way. Music is exactly the same. You bring out a new sound, whether it’s punk, rap, or whatever, and then everyone suddenly knows what’s now in, what’s been authorized to be in, because it keeps getting played all the time. So everyone gets in on the act. So it’s the same with the writing. The major writers will put it out in book form. They’ll put a new social context inside the book, even new types of human behavior that will happen in the near future, and then they’ll write an exciting story, generally man/woman, the hero gets the woman in the end after getting chased all over the place. Very simple stories, but you’ve been programmed during the reading, and you don’t realize it. And then it’s the same thing in the movie. There’s no doubt about it, some of the biggest directors in Hollywood are really in on so much of the real sciences that the Pentagon have, that we don’t hear about until maybe twenty years later. There’s no doubt about that.
Brandon: Definitely. They’re definitely picking up the speed now with almost every movie that comes out seems like it’s got some kind of cyborg in it.
Alan: And I’ve read articles, I’ve read articles on the radio from mainstream media, where it tells you what the Pentagon’s budget for the year is to Hollywood. So they’ve always been up to their eyes with Hollywood productions, especially military themes, these disaster movies, futuristic disaster movies. They’re right in there with it. Now why is the Pentagon funding these kind of sci-fi movies? Except that we’re all getting trained to live in a sort of destitute world of massive change, where we’ll all be living in rubble except for a world corporation with a massive black-clad, military police type force running over us. That’s in so many, I think they churned out ten of these movies in a row, earlier this year, you know.
Brandon: That’s amazing. Well thank you.
Alan: Thanks very much for calling. And you should also look into some books out there with Hollywood and its association with the Pentagon. There’s books been printed all the way from WWII onwards. And how they even helped to get recruiting for the U.S. Military via movies, and all funded through the U.S. Military, by the military, same today.
Well, that’s it, from Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, so Good Night, and may your god or your gods go with you. And remember to help me out through donating, donations, etc. Bye now.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. In this big world where we have an agenda on the go, a big agenda, that kicked off really in 2001, in this phase of it at least, to go into this New World Order that they keep talking about from the top, like Tony Blair talked about, and Mr Brown talked about, they’re all calling it the New World Order, where it’s going to be an ordered society, a planned society with much reduced of a population across the world of course. I wonder how they’ll achieve that apart from sterilizing us, which is already happening.
Now I’ll go to the phones now, and there’s Derrick from New Hampshire there, are you there Derrick?
Derrick: Alan? Hi, how are you?
Alan: I’m hanging in here. (Laughter)
Derrick: It’s funny how they’re never really quite satisfied with what they’ve already done to us. They need to up it every step of the way.
Alan: They do. You see, they’re on a time table, and I’m not kidding, they have their world meetings, all these different world meetings they have in exotic faraway places, and stuff like that, and sometimes they’ll publish their stuff, what they want, including reducing the population, and they’re always going on about too many people, and projected populations, in this country and that country. They also know that we are being sterilized. They have those figures as well. But we’re not dying fast enough for them. You see, they want to start upping the quota, and bringing us down fast, the way it should be, because it’s a planned society, and we’re just animals anyway according to them at the top. And they truly do believe that they have evolved, and we’re just the junk genes that have left behind. We’re okay for industrial eras, but we’re post-industrial, they don’t need us anymore, so it’s time to just get rid of us.
Derrick: Yeah, and they’ll use all hogwash to do it too.
Alan: Yes.
Derrick: What you’re talking about, it reminds me of an article I read back in October of 2007, back in Arizona, they were having a vaccination drill. It was a drive-through vaccination drill, where they were giving away a thousand free flu shots, and people were lining up to get their drive-through shot. And you know, that’s a pretty easy way to do it. You know, we all travel by road. You know, if we get out of hand and don’t gladly take our shots, which I’m sure many will.
Alan: Oh yeah, and they were giving you free candy too I think, weren’t they?
Derrick: Oh, I don’t know what they were. There’s an article. You can find it pretty easily if you just type in Arizona, 2006.
Alan: I think I even read it on the air, at the time, because I remember they were giving out free candy and so on like that, if you took your shot. And they had these pictures of smiling families in the car and so on.
Derrick: Oh, that’s great.
Alan: It’s astonishing, and they have been training the public for years now to just go and get your flu shot. That last site, as I say, if you look into the site with the PDFs, it tells you the statistics and so on, that literally every flu shot that’s ever been given, when it’s been studied and looked back on, and they’ve got all their figures there, it’s never done a bit of good, at all. In fact it’s caused a lot of harm. It’s done no good. It hasn’t prevented anybody from getting the flu. So this stuff is junk. I’m more concerned of what it does do to you, outside of the flu realm, what does it really do to you, and I know what it does to you. It does give you crippling diseases. Certain people will come down faster than others, according to your gene type. And they know this at the top as well.
Derrick: Oh yeah. And we know it too. Yeah, and they’ve got the HDTV to probably help it along as well.
Alan: Yes, oh yeah. Everything is working now. It’s their world. It’s their world and they just train the public. That’s what so many of the different authors I’ve quoted say. We train the public. And they do, they train the public, and unfortunately it works.
Derrick: Nice talking to you Alan.
Alan: Thanks for calling.
And from Hamish and myself, in Ontario, Canada, where I had the first sunny day the whole summer. I think it’s to rain tomorrow. So it’s Good Night from Hamish and myself, and may your god or your gods go with you.
Hi folks, this is Alan Watt, we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Trying to make sense of the non-comprehensible, the way that the media throws everything at us from all different angles, till we’re utterly confused and basically mentally collapse and allow ourselves to be led by the hand, of government through the experiments. And I think we’ll try the phones now. This hour just flies in, it’s just incredible. We’ll try Ronnie in California. Are you there Ronnie?
Ronnie: Yeah, heh. How’s it going Alan?
Alan: Not so bad.
Ronnie: I want to ask you a question, have you seen that Mini-Documentary on the History Channel called That’s Impossible?
Alan: Yes, I put it up on my site in fact, last week.
Ronnie: Yeah, did you see that Eternal Life, about the nanobots, and how they’ve been putting little mini nano-sized robots that are a million times thinner than the human hair inside like vaccines, and they can, I mean they didn’t say they put it inside a vaccine but they can, and they’ve been doing it on rats.
Alan: It’s actually worse than that. I’ve got documentation from, there’s an association of companies that deal with nanotechnology for the food industry. And I’ve got their meetings, the minutes of their meetings here from the late 1990s, by the way, and up to the present, and how they were going to get the public to accept this, and they’re even talking about putting it in without having to inform the public. So they’ve already been putting the darn stuff in our food.
Ronnie: Yeah. Man, I mean, I just can’t understand, how’ll I show my parents, because my parents are kind of skeptical about the government and stuff like that, you know, they don’t get deep in the rabbit hole like I do, I mean I’ll show my dad and he couldn’t believe it. You know, he thought it…I’ll tell him this is the History Channel, this is mainline, you know, 100%, you know, supposed to be fact. And you know they had the scientists just right there showing the examinations and showing the documentation of what they’ve been doing, and talking about how they’re going to do it, and it’s just like oh my god.
Alan: What happens to us at the bottom has many different functions, and there’s different levels of science working. The top two levels they never tell us what they’re doing, even with the shots. The bottom level of science, we’re given all this garbage. But the top two levels will be classified for fifty years. They won’t tell us what else they’ve put in these shots.
Ronnie: Right, right, right. There’s no question that swine flu vaccine is going to have you know something of this type where you know, they can literally program these robots to activate whenever they want, go after whatever. They can put, they can make it respond specifically to whatever they want. It’s unbelievable man.
Alan: Well, literally, literally they can give you a shot, and in ten years time if you just got a common cold that could trigger it off. You’re right, it’s that precise.
Ronnie: All right, well, thank you so much for your work and everything you do, man. Keep it up.
Alan: Thanks for calling. And there’s Anthony in North Carolina, are you there Anthony?
Anthony: Yes, Alan, you know the whole talk you’ve been giving tonight, you know, we really do live in a society that’s like Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World.
Alan: Yes we do.
Anthony: I mean, you know, whether it’s not pharmaceuticals pushing stuff on you. Think about it. Every day of the week, they’re out, they do their job Monday through Friday, and they go out and they get drunk or whatever.
Alan: And that’s what’s being encouraged. That’s what’s been encouraged in all countries, again from the top. Mass advertising. This is your culture. Party at the weekend. Don’t think about anything serious and don’t get involved in politics. Yep, that’s right.
Anthony: Exactly, and too, I live in Raleigh, North Carolina, and Barack Obama came here to speak, and some of my friends, they were just totally like mesmerized. I mean I would challenge them with stuff, and they didn’t even have anything to say back.
Alan: You’re right. And that’s the end of the show Anthony, but you’re right, that’s how they are. They give them the stars, and they follow them, but they all read scripts anyway. From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s Good Night and may your god or your gods go with you.
Maggie from Texas, are you there Maggie?
Maggie: Yes I am, Alan. I was going to ask you something about something else, but I’m wondering now does England still have a requirement that everybody get a TV.
Alan: I think they’ve pretty well got it. They’ve probably got more than one TV now. At one time you could not, if you lived in Council housing, that was 90-odd percent of the public, you couldn’t get a television, because you couldn’t get a loan at a bank without collateral, and they made that, that was the first exception they made across the country, that they called them tick men could go around and collect money every week from the average household, and they delivered to the house the television, they set it up. DER was the company, which was RED backwards of course, and they brought them all in from the United States. And then the propaganda really started hitting the public, until you end up with the mess that you have today.
Maggie: Oh, I see. Is there time for one more question?
Alan: Yes
Maggie: Yeah, okay. Something you touched on earlier, briefly, I didn’t quite catch. Did I understand you correctly to say that the main lobbyist for fluoride in water after the war was a Canadian who had established the liquor empire?
Alan: It was the Bronfmans. The Bronfmans owned ALCAN. It was the largest aluminum factories across the country, including the States too.
Maggie: Well, I thought, I thought it was the Carnegies and ALCOA.
Alan: Well, I’m sure they all helped each other, because they all knew each other very, very well.
Maggie: I see. Okay. I’d like to mention quickly also that I found a fascinating document. I just found it online. And it’s called Hearing, it’s a 1954 document put out by the U.S. government printing office, and it’s Hearings on the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, House of Representatives: A Bill to Protect the Public Health from the Dangers of Fluorination of the Water. That’s what they called it at the time, Fluorination.
Alan: That’s right.
Maggie: And it’s up there, and it can be read on the internet and it can be downloaded too.
Alan: Okay, I’ll have a look into it myself.
Maggie: Want me to send you the link?
Alan: Thanks for calling. Actually, the link, send it to me, and I’ll mention it next week.
Maggie: Okay, I sure will.
Alan: Thanks, Maggie. You take care. Well, from Hamish and myself – Hamish is my dog – in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night, and may your god or your gods go with you.
David: Yeah. I’m here. I wanted to mention Brian Gerrish, Common Purpose exposé. Are you aware of that? I’m sure you are.
Alan: Yes.
David: You talked about it? I don’t recall it but you’ve made mention of it. I’ve watched the video, hour and 36 minutes on a web site last night.
Alan: I had that out months and months ago. I did that a few times.
David: I just got done watching that video and I’m passing it around here in the state where I live. It was really, he’s very good at his presentation. I thought it was excellent. Very thorough. I just wanted to mention that and see what you thought about it. Is that your perception as well, of what he tries to…?
Alan: He’s quite right that Common Purpose came out of nowhere. It was set up with incredible funding, INCREDIBLE FUNDING, by big foundations. Its whole object is to bypass the present system and bypass democracy. It also tells you by the members who come into it – even top ranking members of the military who are not supposed to join any political organization, remember, while you’re IN the military – that therefore they’ve been given the go-ahead from a very high source that this is THE organization to join IF you want to get ahead in life. They’re given incredible power, this Common Purpose.
David: Amazing. I was stunned to see how they’re… you know, we hear about all the other tactics that are being used. Of course, they’re all used.
Alan: What they’re doing is also going into the schools. They’ve trained teachers to choose certain students who are really involved in socialism and train them to be the future leaders that one day they’ll present to us, just like the Politburo used to get presented to the Soviets. That’s what they’re doing there. Mind you, they’re also doing the same back here as well and in the US. There’s other organizations that are doing the exact same thing.
David: What is the organization here affiliated with Common Purpose?
Alan: You’ll find them under various systems to do with the foundation grants for scholarships, even the Rhodes Scholarship too. They pick future leaders like Bill Clinton. I’ll be back with you after this break.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Is Dave still on the line? No. Okay. Just to finish up with what Dave was saying there. I think that there’s a lot of organizations there in the States. If you look under foundations of the USA and look who they support, you’ll see organization after organization, young this, young that and so on. They supposedly help to educate outside of the school system but also inside it too. They get IN to the school systems and have been for a long, long time. I think it was Charlotte Iserbyt who did the book, The Dumbing Down of America, also mentions a bunch of organizations through the major educational system, through the teachers associations, etc that have that. Don’t forget Obama’s new army, the Youth Army, basically, that he’s mandated, this voluntary sort of work you’re supposed to put in. He’s expanded it into different age groups as well. Out of that by teaching IDEOLOGY, a specific ideology, and that’s what it’s for. I’ve read the articles on air about it. Teaching an ideology, they will also create and choose future leaders for them to present to the public for you to go through the farce of voting for. So it will be very much like the Soviet system. Do you want Politburo number 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5? Which face do you fancy the most? That’s it. That’s the system they’re bringing in worldwide.
Remember what they’ve said at the top, that democracy was too cumbersome; they couldn’t get done all the things they wanted to get done and they’d have to bypass it. What they favored was collectivism. What they mean is the social system of the Soviet type organization. That’s what they’re creating right now. We’re living through it. We have been for quite some time. It doesn’t matter about right wing, left wing, we’ve been living through it for some time. Most folk were fooled by the right wing and the left wing nonsense. This movement has gone on unabated, unabated – even Winston Churchill talked about it – for pretty well 100 years. Through treaty signing from country to country with the bureaucrats in high-level positions bypassing politicians all together and going to their equivalent partners in other countries through the United Nations. HG Wells wrote about that in 1919. He says, now we can bypass the politicians all together. Bureaucrats can literally go across the water, meet their compatriots in the same positions in other countries and make deals… make deals to bring in world socialism. It’s been here all along… all along.
It’s evident in some countries more than others. Definitely evident, I’d say, in Britain. It went through the worst of it. They had a financial depression there forever. A few years of brief recovery only because they were throwing credit cards at people and then they took them off them again. That’s all the kept Britain going through the 90s. All the industry was just gone, shut down. Margaret Thatcher, this was a right wing, conservative, sunk all the coal mining industry. The coal miners were the only really powerful union in the country, eventually. She decided to bust their strike and all the rest of it, their demands, by importing coal from communist Poland at the time. That’s what she did. She shut down all the British mines, which tells me that you certainly were not at war with the communists when you’d sink your own coal industry and then import coal from communist Poland. There is no left wing. There is no right wing. There’s only one agenda and the public, most of them, haven’t a clue.
I’ll take some callers now and there’s Shawn from Utah. Are you there Shawn?
Shawn: Hello, Alan. I just wanted to call in and put in a plug for you. I don’t donate as much as I should but I do donate when I can. I just want to encourage everybody to donate and that’s all I have to say.
Alan: I appreciate that. I appreciate that, because it’s the same people that do it over and over again. The same people. Again, that’s symptomatic of the world we live in today where 90% will take and take and they wonder why everything they have eventually is taken from them when the big boys come down. They will come down. There’s Dan from LA. Are you there Dan?
Dan: Can you hear me?
Alan: Yes.
Dan: I’m going to make this a little bit personal. I’ve been listening to you for a while now and I’ve read Morals and Dogma by Albert Pike and about 6 months ago, my sister told me that my grandfather was a 32° Mason. I went to my mother’s 80th birthday party and I asked her directly if she was Eastern Star and she said yes… as if she was in the girl scouts or something. I just… my jaw… I couldn’t believe it. I still can’t. I’m still in total shock that I’m of this system. Not on the outside, not the UN or anything like that, but this close. I’ve always, I don’t like them. I don’t like what they do. They kill. That’s what they do. My mother and father were always for every war. It didn’t matter what war, they were always FOR the war, just perpetual. So I guess my question is, do you know how somebody who was raised Masonic could be deprogrammed? Is there a process? It’s so involved, what they do. Their rituals… how do I get out of this?
Alan: Hold on and I’ll go into that when I come back from this break.
Hi. I am Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Just to answer the caller there, I can only suggest you do what I do and I can only use myself as an example. I don’t mix with any relatives at all, that are totally under the brainwashing program. You have to cut yourself off.
It’s worse actually on a lot of the women who are brought up, the young girls who are brought up in these systems, especially when it’s in Rosicrucianism or something like that because they actually USE the masters to give them indoctrination courses at a very early age. If you’re the grandson, 3rd generation in Freemasonry, you’ve had more work done on you than a 2nd generation. 3rd generation definitely gets a lot more work because they can go up higher in the degrees much faster at a younger age. That’s allowed to the 3rd generation. That’s 3rd generation where dad’s a Masons and mom’s an Eastern Star. Three generations in a row. So I wouldn’t worry about it.
Personally, I don’t think I have to mix with relatives who are stuck in this totalitarian agenda and gung-ho for wars, etc. What’s been used on the public NOW across the world… I was thinking about watching that Control Room. When they gave an ultimatum to a people, supposedly, or a leader of the people, started bombing the blazes out of the people… You’ve got to understand the lives of the people were irrelevant to the mission. Irrelevant. They were just in the way. It doesn’t matter how many… As they guy said at the end of the movie, I think the editor for Al Jazeera, he says, at the end of war, people have a short memory and the victors never have to validate, after they’ve been victorious, what they were doing there, to the public. It doesn’t work that way. It’s true. Most of the public have already forgotten.
I thought, you just turn that technique on what they have with the world agenda they’ve discussed for years and when they say they want to depopulate and they want to sterilize, from the Optimum Population Trust and Prince Charles who’s an advisor to them and all these top leaders and Prime Ministers and so on, you’d better believe they’re using… They mean what they say. It’s like they said they’re going to bomb the hell out of Iraq. They mean it. They mean it when they say they’re going to turn every country upside-down into a base, socialized, communistic system for the masses with so-called health care and everything else. They mean it. And depopulate. And give priority to abortions, vasectomies and tubal ligations. They mean it. When they say they’ve got to bring you down, there’s too many folk living too long, they mean it. In your food, in your water, through the inoculations, they mean it.
It’s not until you’ve been through a war you understand it. The same governments that go off to slaughter and see minions beneath them, beneath the aircraft they drop the bombs on, see us the same way. They mean it. And we allow it.
Now there’s Joshua from New York. Are you there Joshua?
Joshua: Thanks for taking my call. It’s been a couple of years since I’ve seen the movie Control Room but there was one part and I think you were just kind of touching on it there that I found to be the best example of us, the Americans, spreading democracy. That was when the America war plane was directly overhead and the brave camera man who lost his life and you saw the plane nose down directly over the building that they guy was filming off of. I think that’s the best example of us spreading democracy.
Alan: That’s right. As they said themselves, the headquarters of the newscasters was deliberately targeted by Rumsfeld. Thanks for calling.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada after an awfully busy last few days, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Now, I’ll go to the phone calls and there’s Dennis from Arkansas. Are you there Dennis?
Dennis: Yes, Alan. You had a call the other night. The guy started to rant about the Jews. It got me thinking. There’s basically two camps in the alternative radio. One of them bashes the Jews and one of them bashes the Jesuits. I hear the music.
Alan: Hold on and we’ll go into that when we come back.
I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, talking to Dennis from Arkansas. Are you still there Dennis?
Dennis: Yes. I read a little book by Ralph Eperson about the Morals and Dogma and I read another book. The guy’s an ex-Mason. From what I understand, most people that are members don’t get out of the Blue Lodges, or the Blue Lodge, whichever, York or Scottish Rite.
Alan: That’s right.
Dennis: Okay. Now, am I correct? Would you agree that this whole Jew and Jesuit thing and by the way, I’ve found out most of the people that bash the Jesuits are so-called Jews and the opposite, you know? The Catholics are the ones that bash the Jews. Is this by design?
Alan: You have to go in to the history. Remember, the founder of the Jesuits was a member of the Spanish Alumbrados, which was Illuminati. That which was left from the Knights Templars, that was their branch of Knights Templarism. That’s official in the history books. So he knew, he was already a member of what was, you might call pre-Masonic or the early Masonic Groups. The Jewish sect that leads most of Zionism is called the B’nai Brith, the Sons of the Covenant. They are the Jewish branch of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry because they got their charter FROM the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, the same group that Albert Pike was in. You can’t start your own branch up without getting a charter. If you look into your history books, you find in their charter that every B’nai Brith, even the big power buildings that they have, are put down in the phone books as lodges. That’s your connection between the Jesuits and the Jewish sect, the radical Jewish sects, the B’nai Brith. They’re actually high, active members of the lodge.
Dennis: This is all calculated to keep us divided and conquered, keep us fighting with each other?
Alan: That’s right. When the boys who are in charge, they become the ‘good shepherds’. See the sheep are the people who follow and don’t know and support them – even just because of the same ethnicity they support them – without realizing it’s all the same bunch at the top. THE SHEPHERDS ALL BELONG TO THE SAME CLUB AND THEY’LL HAVE THE SAME ONE AGENDA. THEY’RE ALL SWORN TO THE SAME GLOBALIST AGENDA.
Dennis: I don’t want to name any names. I’m not into any free publicity but just by the way, I have a Sony shortwave, in-dash car radio that I got from Orangeville – an outfit there in Ontario. I was just wondering, I’m disabled, I don’t have a lot of money but would you be able to do anything with a postal money order because that’s how I paid for my radio? A US Postal money order?
Alan: Yes, an International Postal Money Order.
Dennis: Okay. Well, I just wanted to get a confirmation of what I believe. I’ve been listening to short wave for a long time and I just… The guy that called in, I could have been him 4 or 5 years ago because it’s brain-washing.
Alan: Brain-washing and that guy was really putting an ad out. Really, that’s what he was trying to do was put an ad out on the show.
Dennis: He sounded like a robot.
Alan: To recruit more young guys in. He’s reading from a script.
Dennis: Yeah. He sounded like a robot.
Alan: And if you want to send a postal order, make sure it’s the international one. It’s a pink one, pink and orange. Not the green one.
Dennis: Yeah. Okay. Well, I’ll help you out when I can. I’m not going to go into my personal problems but you’re very appreciated. I’ve been making copies of your shows and cassettes and passing them around. So I hope I can get some more donors.
Alan: Thanks for calling. Absolutely. You take care.
That’s the message to everybody. You got to do your homework, really, to know who’s behind what and find the common connection. There’s always a common connection between different groups. You’ll find it’s the SAME connection over and over and over… ALWAYS.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Alan: Now, there’s callers here. I think I’ll try and grab them because I tend to go on a bit. There’s Aaron from Pennsylvania. Are you there Aaron?
Aaron: Yes I am, Alan. It’s great talking to you again. I’m just calling to let all your listeners know, next Wednesday, I would like everybody to have a money donation for you, since you will never ask for one yourself. It’s not your style. Everybody out there, if they could just donate $1, $5, $10, whatever. We just need to help this man out of this sticky situation with the satellite problems that he’s having. I want everybody to listen out there. THERE WILL NEVER BE ANOTHER ALAN WATT OUT THERE. THIS GUY TELLS THE TRUTH. HE IS SINCERE AND HE CARES ABOUT THE PEOPLE. It’s unfortunate, in this day and age, that most people take advantage of guys like that or people like that. So, I’m just calling everyone out to help next Wednesday. Just donate what you can. I will be supporting you and that’s all I have to say Alan. Thanks a lot.
Alan: Thanks for calling in and thanks very much indeed. I think I might try and hire you to speak for me because you’re right. I don’t say enough myself. I don’t and I should… but I’m not in to the show biz aspects of it at all. It’s true enough, you need the cash to keep this thing going. And it’s a crisis every night. Even tonight the satellite went out just before the show again. I called down to Toronto where their main base is, for Xplornet, and they said they’ve got tornadoes and funnels clouds, ya-da, ya-da. Oh my God, everything except earthquakes. This is quite the company, I’m telling you. They also run the military-industrial complex because NORAD goes through these satellites, Hughes Satellites, you see. Well I can’t imagine EVER that they go down. It would be wide open, supposedly, from attacks from, you know, Eskimos and things like that. But it doesn’t happen. It doesn’t happen. Just Xplornet. They’ve always got amazing excuses for why they’re down.
Alan: Now there’s Diana in California. Are you there Diana?
Diana: Yes. Hi. First thing, EVERYBODY DONATE. Second thing, I have a comment. I just finished reading Agenda 21 and I’ve got to tell you, outside of the other 2 huge documents you have on there, it’s got to be one of the most horrifying things I’ve ever read. But, I’m glad that I know it. Lastly, the question that I have for you is you talk about getting organized. We need to get organized. My biggest conundrum is HOW when I can’t even talk to anybody in my life about even a miniscule portion of this. HOW do we connect? How do we get together?
Alan: I think, really, in the past many people have – that I know – have even hired little halls and places and put leaflets across, with a topic on it, if you’re interested in this topic, attend, you know, whatever. You charge even just the cost to get in, just the cost of the rental of the hall. If you can even get 10 people showing up the first time and you start to discuss the topic, etc and your fears about certain things, and give the information out. Now you’ve got 10 people who could start to build on it and bring more people in. That’s how everything starts off. Now, again, I’ll be the first to tell you, you will get infiltrated. There’s no doubt about it.
Diana: I know.
Alan: You will get hecklers sent from government agencies and different agencies to come in and heckle you. That happens too. So it’s always a good idea if you can get someone who’s got a bit of muscle or is a part-time bouncer, to be near the door. I’ve seen it all. The fact is, we’ve no option. We have no option but TO TRY, no matter how small it seems at the time or how insurmountable this mountain seems, WE’VE GOT TO TRY. We’ve no choice. It’s either being slowly killed off, the way we’re dying right now with diseases and so on… that’s manufactured. With government wanting to pump all kinds of toxins and poisons into us after, as you say, releasing Agenda 21, the depopulation programs, all that stuff is out in the open.
The premise is that they can’t allow any child to be hurt. Well, I’ll tell you something. You can not put restrictive, totalitarian laws across everyone and all of their children, worldwide, because of a FEW that will definitely, and they definitely will be abused. That’s now how law and justice works. You don’t punish the lot for the sake of the few. THAT’S COLLECTIVIST BEHAVIOR. That’s what they did in the Soviet Union. I DON’T WANT THAT IN THIS WORLD. Back in a moment after these messages.
I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and we’ll go to the callers now. There’s Robby from Missouri. Are you there Robbie?
Robbie: Yes, sir.
Alan: Yes. Go ahead.
Robbie: Alan. I’m calling to remind your listeners that next Wednesday is the Alan Watt international economic stimulus day that was established a couple nights ago I believe. Joe mentioned, he said, I’m looking at 8/26. I don’t know how he picked that but that is it. Let’s say all listeners, a little something in August. That’s a reminder. I’d like to tell a little story. I don’t remember how I found you on the internet but I’ve listened to you for quite some time and started downloading things. After so long a period of time, I realized that you can’t really do the journey without the books and the CDs.
Now, I just got your Waiting For the Miracle book, the last one that you wrote. You wrote me a little note in there and Alan, that’s the greatest… That is a good book. I like to listen and read a book at the same time. That’s the way I’m built. It’s the Sweet Liberty series; I think it’s mandatory to serious listeners. I can say that when I first started listening to you in 99% of your site was free. Now, it’s 99.99% free. People should get them books and they should get them now while they’re available. You were just saying, we’ve got to get moving. I don’t see. Maybe there’s self-adepts or something but you need the books. There’s some CDs. There’s Reality Check. Everybody knows what I mean. So, next Wednesday is economic stimulus and I’d say buy the books. I’ve talked to you before. I’ve read them many times. When you said deprogramming, which is what you get… I’m a programmer and I said well this is reprogramming. Now, I finally realize that you can not reprogram us. You can deprogram us.
Alan: That’s right.
Robbie: I’m on a journey now and every night when I listen to you now, sometimes it’s repetitious but it’s like virus alerts. They code the writing. Everything that you point out. You need the books, listeners. Get them while they’re hot. You just said a few minutes earlier, time’s a wasting.
Alan: It truly is. Truly is.
Robbie: Time’s a wasting. Thank you so much, Alan.
Alan: Thanks, Robbie. You take care.
Robbie: Yes, sir.
Alan: It’s true enough. You don’t believe how many tricks are played on the public. They don’t know. They really don’t know how psychology and science is played on them every single day from every single article they read to the pictures on the articles and so on. They don’t think about things but they’re programmed through visual symbolism and all the rest of it. If you understand that, it gives you a fighting chance. It really does wake you up into a higher level.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
In Darwinism, the two are not compatible. When the obsolete type has done their job, they’ve got that ground ready for that seed of the tree to be grown, they’ve got to die off or the tree doesn’t grow. THEY are the trees. You understand? You understand what’s going on here. They are the trees. Your job is over. You’ve got to be culled and sterilized now to bring in their utopia that they planned for themselves with a reduced population. VERY OLD AGENDA. It’s a religion with them, The most FANATICAL RELIGION THAT’S EVER EXISTED on this planet. That’s already tried and been pretty successful in some revolutions, like the Soviets, The mass killers killed millions off. The Nazis went, when they were pals together, they went to the Soviets to find out how to do the mass killings and do it efficiently. That’s in The Soviet Story. Get the video. And here they’re going again.
If you’re not scared by now to see that they’re officially appointed on every governmental board across the planet, then I guess you are the amoebas whose job is over. You must be… if you can’t see the danger. People have got to demand that all of these extra additives and boards that have been put on to government are kicked right out… right out. No pensions, nothing like that. Just out. They are a danger… literally… to society. To all of us. They are the terrorists.
I’ll go to the phones now and there’s Lucretia from Oregon. Are you there Lucretia?
Lucretia: Good afternoon or evening Alan. I wanted definitely to also be the 3rd person to say let’s all do a money bomb for you on Wednesday. I have listened to ALL of your programs, all 392 or so now that you’ve done and all your blurbs and all your talks with your other shows. Some of them, 2 or 3 times. It’s just such incredible information. I thought, oh gosh, maybe I’ve heard everything and I don’t need to buy your books. As you know, I’ve bought both your books and some of your CDs and those books are worth 10 times, 10 times what you’re asking for. With all my heart, they are just… the information is just phenomenal. It’s totally different than what we all hear with all your talks. The information about just even the meanings of different letters and the meanings of words, I mean, where the word ‘heaven’ or where the word ‘sin’ originally came from. There’s so much that’s just so fascinating, you don’t even go in to in all these other 390 talks that you’ve done. It’s phenomenal. I can’t more highly recommend them. You know, the people that are going to donate $20, $50, $100 to you, do that but also buy Alan’s books. You will consider those as your most valuable possession. They are just amazing. Just amazing, so I want to encourage everyone not to forget on Wednesday to do the money bomb for Alan and don’t just donate, BUY HIS BOOKS. Even send him some extra because they’re worth 10 times what he’s asking.
I also had a quick question for you Alan. You mentioned last week Dr. Scott from Canada, I think it was Stanford, I didn’t quite get the name.
Alan: It’s Donald Scott.
Lucretia: Donald Scott from Canada. Did he write a book or how did you… You mentioned the 70s. He wrote something about how they would take out the 3rd world countries quickly but the West more slowly with crippling diseases.
Alan: Yes. He has 2 or 3 books out in fact. One of them is called, I think, The Brucellosis Triangle. How they use brucellosis for bacterial warfare and actually introduced it into the populations of the western world. He uses declassified information from the Canadian, US and British governments to prove his points. He’s done a fantastic job on them. The Brucellosis Triangle is one of them. It might even be up there on some of the book sites on the net.
Lucretia: Okay. So it’s Don Scott. He’s basically somebody that’s telling about what they’re doing. He’s not an insider, part of the plot by concealing their plot.
Alan: No. He doesn’t know the rest of the story but he’s concentrating on a particular area and that’s basically it. Some people get into a tunnel. They’re very good though, they can explain everything in that tunnel and he’s done a lot of research in that area of warfare, bacterial and viral warfare, with the proof that it’s been used on the public to prove a lot of the modern diseases were caused on purpose by certain groups.
Lucretia: Wow. If I may just ask you quickly, just an unrelated question. Gurdjieff and Ouspensky. What did you think of their work or what do you know of their work?
Alan: I’m not really sure of that, actually.
Lucretia: They just talked about gaining consciousness, watching your words, just even not to be such a mechanical being. I don’t know their…
Alan: You’re thinking of Gurdjieff and Ouspensky?
Lucretia: Gurdjieff and Ouspensky. My mother really loved them and did a lot of study of them and I was just wondering if you had any idea of…
Alan: Gurdjieff himself… these guys were all, really, offshoots or sects of Rosicrucianism, the type of Rosicrucianism that broke out in the Ukraine, Soviet areas a long time ago. It isn’t until you get in to Gurdjieff, some of his statements, he also was an elitist who believed there were inferior types of humans. It’s very well concealed. Back with more after these messages. Hold on Lucretia and we might carry on with that.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just finishing up about Gurdjieff and so on. You got to understand that all these sects, these sects were put out there to say a lot of common sense because they studied nature, meaning human nature, for thousands of years. They can really intrigue the reader by how they present things. Remember, behind all of these sects, with their initiation rites and so on, there’s always the same agenda of perfection of certain ones of them. Perfectibility. It’s out of this whole movement that they moved into science eventually and through science and genetics, they hoped to bring in their perfect society with themselves, of course, alive and all the rest the junk genes, dead… gone… long buried. Therefore, Gurdjieff and all these guys, all these guys even general Freemasonry, are guilty of promoting the same idea of perfection.
Most Freemasons haven’t a clue. They think it’s like a self-help thing and you go up the ladder by perfecting yourself. They don’t realize that they don’t stop there. If you look at what the Masons have introduced, who do you think brought you the modern education system which is an indoctrination system? A brotherhood of man, is that familiar? A brotherhood of man worldwide… worldwide, the worldwide brotherhood of man? Trotsky was a Freemason. He wrote about it in his own book, My Life and how all the other top leaders were as well… in the Trotsky side of it. Who’s pushing the chip for chipping the children wherever they go? It’s done through the Freemasonic web sites. Look them up. They’re the ones who are promoting all of this stuff.
It’s like a church. Are you supposed to leave your brain at the door when you enter the hall? It’s the same with Freemasonry. They should ask themselves that. Do you leave your brain when you enter the lodge? Do you just simply do as you’re told and start promoting the things you’re told to promote as an active and operative Mason?
I don’t care if people are trying to perfect themselves in some way or another or reading the thousands of self help books that are out there… but don’t, don’t go out deciding that you know best how society should be, live and be ordered. That’s the problem with all of these characters.
Here’s another thing too. I’ve told people about predictive programming through media. This is from The Population Media Center, the big one for all of the eugenicists. Where they admit – I’ll put this link up on my site for you to see – they admit that through different times of entertainment, even soap operas, they’re brainwashing women to have fewer children and various other things and how they came up with it. They tell you the technique that they’re using. It’s quite a fantastic article. It’s called
“LOWERING THE BOOM: POPULATION ACTIVIST BILL RYERSON IS SAVING THE WORLD – ONE ‘SOAP’ (A: meaning: opera) AT A TIME”
August 21st, 2005 | By Pamela Polston, Seven Days
How they’re making these soap operas for people in Africa and India and so on and the messages are all EMBEDDED in the stories. They get caught up in the story. They forget this is an indoctrination and they don’t even know they’re being indoctrinated, to CHANGE AND MODIFY THEIR BEHAVIOR. How can they use this? Because they used this across the West to create massive promiscuity. They brought on the pill to destroy the family unit. They brought in abortion and we start to accept OUR OWN BEING KILLED OFF. That’s the intention of eugenics. So I’ll put this one up. Population Media Center, the big eugenicist site.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Now, I’ll go to the callers. There’s Sylvia in New York. Are you there Sylvia?
Sylvia: Hi Mr. Watt. Yes. I’m here. Can you hear me?
Alan: Yes I can.
Sylvia: Hi. Thanks for taking my call. This is sort of off topic from Mr. Burnet. But since Ted Kennedy died this week, it occurred to me earlier tonight. I’m wondering if you have an opinion as to why JFK managed to get elected to the office of the Presidency, given that I don’t think he was a CFR member or even a Bilderberger or Trilateralist. Do you think it was just his father’s influence given there was no black box voting back then?
Alan: I think it was his father’s influence. When Joseph Kennedy, during World War II, I don’t know if people really realize, was put over as Ambassador to Britain and he lived in Buckingham Palace with the Queen. They were that close. They were really IN tight with the establishment. I think that they thought that the sons would all ‘toe the line’. They were born with silver spoons in their mouth. Of course, one became aberrant, maybe had a bit of a conscience and started to say certain things that perhaps weren’t too wise. One of his big talks he gave was about America being run by secret societies and by that he meant the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and so on.
Sylvia: National Press Club.
Alan: That’s right. That really was the downfall. It was the first time anybody of import at that level had ever said such a thing in public. The people hadn’t even heard of these organizations before.
Sylvia: One other quick question. I apologize. In your opinion, now this is solely your own personal opinion. Do you believe that we are looking at a potential civil war in the United States or just that we may be taken down without a shot, in terms of just being taken down by biological warfare as you’ve been discussing tonight.
Alan: It’s more than just biological warfare, that could certainly, certainly be something that’s released, but we’ve been taken down without firing a shot since the 1960s, 1950s, actually. The whole culture’s destroyed. The public have been trained incrementally to adapt and adapt and adapt into a whole new system of ACCEPTING governance. They don’t think much about politics, most people. They don’t really question much. They subconsciously accept they’re simply under some sort of governance. They’ve been taught to obey all authorities. They’ve been taught even more with all the tasering going on. That’s to terrify the public NOT to disobey a cop’s order. So there’s many ways to take the country down. You got to create a state of apathy. That has been done. Lord Bertrand Russell said towards the end they would have to introduce massive apathy. So you’ve got unemployment; everybody’s scared stiff about keeping a job, keeping their rent paid or their mortgage paid as people lose houses and so on. We’re kept busy and frustrated and anxious. That’s all part of the creation of apathy. Meanwhile, the massive media propaganda campaigns are really indoctrinating them and treating them just the same as Pavlov would treat animals. Training you to be terrified of a coming flu that really doesn’t exist.
What’s even more important, the World Health Organization dropped 3 or 4 of its CRITERIA they needed to call something a pandemic; they simply dropped the classifications so they could get this through as a pandemic. This massive attempt at compulsory inoculation is the last bastion. Your body is the only thing you’ve got left. They’re already trying to get in to your mind. They have all your data because of all your information. When you allow governments to have authority over your body and what they are going to stick in it, whether it’s a dagger, a taser or a bullet or an injection, these are all INTRUSIVE actions and you can’t allow that to start. I’ve got the document from the World Health Organization from their meeting, the world meeting in 2006, and they say right in there, that once they get the public conditioned that they MUST get a shot, they’re going to get shots EVERY YEAR for various other things and booster shots every year for all the other diseases and so on. This is the start of a training exercise and I’ll guarantee you too, they do want to bring the population down. They won’t all die at once but we know from the polio vaccines, the Simian 40 virus caused massive cancer and it depends on your gene type and your physiology as to when it will actually hit you. So it’s nice and spread out. I don’t trust them at all. Something stinks about all of this. We’ve got to say NO. Even when they’re saying NOW they’re going to start fining people a $1000 a day if they refuse it.
Sylvia: Right. So it will be like Germany. First they came for the communists, I said nothing. Then they came for the socialists, I said nothing. I mean, you know, it’s that kind of apathy.
Alan: That’s correct. They’ve destroyed family. They’ve destroyed the cohesion of family. You have what Bertrand Russell said they’d do. You have egocentric people who literally spin around in their own little environment, working for pleasure in their spare time and they can’t bond with other people. When you can’t bond, you don’t really bond, you’re selfish, then no one’s going to stand up as a group and say THAT’S IT. This is all a long-term strategy of take down. They’re right there now.
Sylvia: Very disheartening. Thank you. Thank you Mr. Watt. I appreciate it. I appreciate everything you do and by the way, my husband’s online tonight with PayPal and offering a donation.
Alan: I really appreciate that.
Sylvia: Thank you. Have a good night.
Alan: You too. Here’s the break coming up. People don’t realize how bad it is. We’ve been under attack for an awful long time. Back with more after these messages.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Remember what Quigley said. He said, the Council on Foreign Relations and Royal Institute of International Affairs are often mistaken with their policies as being communist. Then he said but they do share the same values. What it is, he’s talking about the Fabian Socialism. That’s what it is. Where elitists and experts and scientists will control the public through agencies and bureaucracies and they’ll control you from birth to death. Of course, they set up the communist system as the fastest way for some countries to have a revolution and standardize them all together into the same types of system, KNOWING THEY WOULD MERGE THEM with the West further down the road. That came out in the Reece Commission when Congress investigated the tax-exempt foundations. To show you how the communists work, the communist system… Remember the plank, they’d have the REdistribution of wealth. Well, that’s what the UN was set up partly to do, but it’s also the big stick in many other areas including your health. This article here is from BBC News.
Climate protection ‘to cost more’
(A: Now that’s the guise to bring us all into servitude under a
socialist/communistic style system across the planet.)
By Richard Black / Environment correspondent, BBC News website / August 27, 2009.
Protecting societies against the impacts of climate change will be much more expensive than previously believed, according to a new analysis.
In 2007, the UN climate convention came up with a sum of $49-171bn per year.
The new report says the UN sums omitted important factors and the true cost will be two to three times higher. (A: Than $171 billion per year.)
Developing nations want rich countries to provide major sums for adaptation as part of the new UN climate deal due to be agreed in Copenhagen in December. (A: Amazing eh? Where’s the democracy in this? Who comes to you and asks you for more of your tax dollars? …for this? We are under governance. It’s nothing to do with voting people in. That’s long gone. We don’t vote in the UN and ask the UN or tell them what to do. They’re telling US what to do. Every country, every politician at the top signs this IN to treaty which makes it LAW. The law of the land and lands.)
“The amount of money on the table at Copenhagen is one of the key factors that will determine whether we achieve a climate change agreement,” (A: As I say, that’s just a bogus… for the distribution of wealth. That means YOU, your wealth. Even if you know you’re poor, it doesn’t matter. You’re still classified as wealthy as long as they can get more taxes out of you. This is the world of SERVITUDE we’re going in to as the Royal Institute of International Affairs said. That’s what your voluntary servitude for the youngsters is all about. Training them from a very young age.) said lead author Martin Parry, a visiting research fellow with the Grantham Institute for Climate Change at Imperial College London. (A: Another institute, you see.)
Professor Parry co-chaired the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (A: These are the only scientists that are on board because they all get their paychecks OFF this whole scam of climate change at the IPCC at the United Nations.) working group on climate impacts for its 2007 assessment.
The new report – issued under the aegis of the International Institute for Environment and Development (IIED) and the Grantham Institute – says that some aspects of the UN estimates were wrong by a factor of more than 100. (A: Boy. We’re really going to spend out. We’re as well as giving our clothes off our backs too. Maybe they’ll leave you a little computer or something you can text message on or watch porn or at least leave you your TV so you can watch the funnies. That’s where most folk are. They haven’t a clue what’s going down.)
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Mike: Yes. I’m here. How you doing Alan?
Alan: Hangin’ in here.
Mike: Yeah. Me too. I’m on the shore of Lake Erie here. I wanted to ask you a couple of questions. The first one is how in the world did we ever get into this mess?
Alan: It’s quite easy. The guys that literally started this agenda 100 years ago with the big foundations with the Royal Institute of International Affairs / Council on Foreign Relations that has branches in EVERY country and all of their members now are at the HEADS of every country. They did it in a Fabian style of training people intergenerationally to accept small changes, but when you add them all up over 60 or 70 years, they’ve turned your society upside-down. If they’d done it all at once people would have rioted and rebelled and overthrown them. But you accept all the small changes incrementally until they’ve arrived. That’s what Fabian Socialism means.
Mike: Yeah. That’s what I was thinking. I still can’t… I, myself, years ago, I’m a Viet Nam Vet and I noticed things and I’d say things to my parents about it. They’d say, “Ah, nah…” You know. 20 years ago, I said sooner or later there’s going to be a revolt in this country with the things that they’re… the taxes and everything else and all the other things that they’re doing. I’ve noticed it but I never would have dreamed that things are happening like they are in these days.
Alan: Think of it too, it’s one thing after another. In the last few hundred years we’ve never had so many crises, real or imagined, thrown at us since 2001. Coming plagues. It was a bird flu. That faded away. That went away with the birds. Then a Swine flu, a bank crash, planned of course, to rape the public. You’re right. Hold on and we’ll come back after this break.
This is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking to Mike from Ohio who asked me the question, how on earth did we get here? To be honest with you, again, scientific indoctrination. That also includes entertainment, a big, big part of it. Just enjoy yourself, be happy, don’t think about anything else. Plus they gave them 20 years of throwing credit cards at them and allowing them to go play and buy things while all of these big institutions were setting up. They didn’t notice the massive police forces, really an army, getting built up inside under the guise of drugs, with helicopters and tanks and all the rest of it. They didn’t notice these things. They notice very little outside the mainstream media. It’s VERY true what Brzezinski said in his book Between Two Ages. The public will shortly be unable to reason for themselves. They were training them THEN only to believe the mainstream media and that’s all they would talk about. If you saw something with your own eyes and tried to explain it to someone, they’ll ignore you if it wasn’t on mainstream. Scientific indoctrination. You still there Mike?
Mike: Yes. How do you think would be the best way to resist this when it starts to actually manifest on the street? Like with these Obama’s spy brigades and all that?
Alan: Really, the way to resist it is to nip it in the bud before it really gets off the ground. When anything gets off the ground, it’s generally too late because your back’s against the wall and they’re all throughout society. The public, again, adapt very quickly to new changes and they just learn to accept it. Then they regret it much later on. You got to nip these things in the bud and say they’re unconstitutional. You can’t have secret societies or juvenile corps of anything… with the young communist league or Hitler youth or Obama’s youth. It makes no difference. It’s ALL the same thing. It’s got to be stopped NOW and it’s got to be by the will of the people. Once it gets to the streets, the reports that came out of the US and British military think tanks for the next 30 years PREDICT massive rioting and so on. Why did they predict it? Because they KNOW… they KNEW before they wrote it they were going to crash the banking system. They KNEW they were going to contract the food supply, restrict it. They KNEW that they were going to bring us down into a state of ‘simpler living’ which literally means third world poverty status. That’s why they wrote this. And people were sitting sleeping all through it and spending the last of their credit cards when all this was being said and done.
Mike: Do you remember after World War II what happened to the people that was running the newspapers… in Germany?
Alan: That were running them?
Mike: I believe they did hang a couple of the newspaper editors after World War II in Germany didn’t they?
Alan: Oh yes. Yes. They did. They had Lord Haw-haw and a couple of other ones. In fact, by the way, people don’t realize that one of the top Freemasons of Britain who started the Ordo Templi Orientis, was actually one of the propagandists for the German media. It turned out later that he worked for MI6. That was Alistair Crowley.
Mike: Well, I was just kind of hoping that people would wake up. I’m seeing it slow but sure. I don’t think it’s happening fast enough.
Alan: It’s not happening fast enough and people literally should… everybody’s got to complain to ALL the right authorities, constantly, every day bombard them and you tell them, you’re not standing for it.
Mike: I’ve tried to talk to people and some people are receptive and others look at me like I’m nuts.
Alan: I know. Forget the ones who watch mainstream. I don’t even waste time with them. You’ve got to help those who are thinkers. The rest of them are in the land of the dead. Their brains are dead. It’s the thinkers who end up being the doers and start motivating the others to do the same. Thanks for calling, Mike.
Ron from Texas, we’ll try to get back to you Monday if you can call in. I’m sorry I couldn’t get to you.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
We’ve no choice. We either say, okay you have the right to kill us off or we have the right to not only live, but we have the right to decide how we want to live ourselves. We’ve got to start taking our rights back. The first part is to stop being APATHETIC. Everyone is so apathetic. Again, it’s a conditioned response we’ve had pumped into us. Russell talked about it, how they’d make the public apathetic NATIONWIDE, NATION TO NATION. That’s intentional. WE’VE GOT TO GET OVER THIS APATHY AND WE’VE GOT TO REALIZE THAT WE CAN NOT ALLOW GOVERNMENT TO GO INTO AUTHORITARIANISM. THEY’VE GOT TO GO BACK TO BEING SERVANTS, every single department of them. In fact, what we have to do is scrap MOST of the government agencies out there. MOST of them have to be scrapped completely and put the people back in charge.
It goes down to cops and everything else. Cops should be a voted in by committees of people from the citizenry and they shouldn’t be a big, big brotherhood like they are today. That way, they’ll be answerable to the people. At one time, cops were answerable to the towns and the villages that they patrolled. If the people didn’t like them, they fired them. They’ve become authorities and armies today and we got to stop it. We got to stop it because this is worse than the Soviet Union ever got its stages to with total surveillance. It’s worse than any Nazi regime. We’ve nothing to compare this to, in fact. It’s much, much worse.
We have no option but to fight for ourselves and for the children YET to come who have the RIGHT to come, by the way. People haven’t stopped to even think about that one major thing. I’ve had a lot of selfish people – again, the ego-centric ones that were conditioned to BE so, like Russell and others said – who said yeah, we should stop the population now. They don’t realize that life truly is a gift. We’ve all had a gift given to us if we want to use it. It should not be a nightmare, like they’re turning it in to. It should not be a nightmare. It’s also a gift for those who are yet unborn to come in to this world and get it too. What a selfish idea to think, NO, we can stop it right here and we’ll just live and enjoy ourselves. That’s what the elite say. They think they can – with their anti-aging and all the rest of it, and their incredible advances in to gene configurations, etc – they can stop the time clock and they themselves can live forever. This is the dream of these fanatics, these madmen and psychopaths at the top. NO, we’ve all got as much right to live as everyone else on this planet, so the elite have no special rights to decide who’s going to die here. We’ve got to fight this.
Diana: Thank you and I’ll let you go to the next caller.
Alan: Thanks for calling. As I said, it’s easier said than done. It takes the first move. It takes the first step. You get like-minded people and the more support you get the better. I know people who’ve gone around halls. I know one guy who I have contact with who gets 10 in here, 10 in there and he’ll spend 2-3 hours with them. Out of that 10 he might get 3 of each group that will come back again. Then it grows very slowly. Now you have more and more people who are willing to protest and go to councilors, go to so called elected officials, etc and DEMAND things. Just the demanding lets them know at the top that we’re aware of them. We’re ON to them. We’re ON to them.
If nothing else, they have to delay their tactics or change their tactics because they have to deal with us ALL. People don’t realize that there are think tanks at the top dealing with strategies for whole populations and they take constant data, like the pulse of the people, EVERY DAY FROM THE TOTAL INFORMATION NETWORK. They keep adjusting it according to the MOODS of the people. So, yeah, we can really get them running in circles, etc and that’s what we have to do. WE HAVE TO KEEP REMINDING THEM, WE’RE ON TO THEM. WE ARE ON TO THEM.
When anyone tells you that the state has the right to do an intrusive operation, by the way, AN INJECTION IS CALLED AN INTRUSIVE OPERATION. So is sticking a dagger into someone’s stomach. See, if you’re sticking anything into someone’s body, that’s an intrusive operation. If they say they have the right to do it without your consent, YOU CAN’T ALLOW THEM TO CROSS THAT BARRIER. THAT MEANS THEY COULD DISEMBOWEL YOU IF THEY WANT TO. THEY HAVE NO RIGHT TO DEMAND, UNDER ANY PRETENSE, THAT THEY HAVE THE RIGHT TO STICK POISON INTO YOUR BODY. Especially when they’ve taken away any guarantee of compensation or lawsuits against them or the pharma companies that they’re fronting for. We can’t allow that to happen. If we allow them to do that, I’ll guarantee you, there’ll be 10 new inoculations next year. We’re bad enough now, we’re almost the walking dead. It’s going to get worse if we allow it to happen. The whole point is don’t allow something to START. Once it’s started, it becomes routine, we adapt, and then it’s normal. Even the folks round about you will think you’re strange if you don’t go along with the rest of the herd. Sad truth.
Alan: Now, we’ll go to Antonio in Toronto. Are you there Antonio?
Antonio: Hello, Alan. Just having done some study, the one thing I just question is even though they could get rid of us with a neutron bomb, it’s more than that. These guys are really twisted and get turned on by us suffering slowly. Is that not correct?
Alan: Absolutely. In fact, I don’t know if people realize this and Dr. Scott from Sudbury, Ontario, has a lot of documentation in his books. I’ve talked to him personally a few times and I’ve got his books here. He documents the declassified stuff from governments, etc and the UN. Way back in the 60s, they talked about the ways to depopulate the world. Fast for the third world countries, definitely Africa. That was priority. They also said they’d take down the West slowly, SLOWLY, with crippling diseases… because if we came down too quickly with sudden deaths across the western world – we’d been better educated, be able to ask questions, etc – we might clue in to what’s happening, so they decided SLOW disabling diseases would stop people from becoming good marital partners and then they wouldn’t have children. This was all discussed way back then by the world boys.
Antonio: So, really, we have… even though in the end I know one of their plans is if we storm them, that they’re going to neutron bomb us. I think it’d just be better to just fight for what you’ve got. Give it all you’ve got because at least that would be a little more of a humane death than what they have planned for us now.
Alan: You’re right. You’re right to an extent because the further you allow them to prepare and they have for years, for what’s coming, for what they plan to come, then yeah, it’s like being fish in a barrel. You just put more and more fish into the barrel and then you shoot them all at the same time. You’re right. They’ve set up a whole agenda. It’s out in the open from their own think tanks from the military that this is what THEY see coming. They see it coming because they know each step of what they’re going to do, including food reduction and eventually starvation. That’s in their own reports. So, you’re right. The longer we allow it to go on, the more they’re recruiting and training to deal with the outcome and the problems. The problem with people is as long as they can have enough entertainment and as long as they can go on with their little routines that they have after work, etc, the boys at the top – and they’ve discussed this and published this in big psychology magazines – they can really push you to the wall. It’s only when they interrupt you personally, in your routine, that you start to become a little bit indignant.
Antonio: That is so true. I’ve seen that. That is very true. I notice that they’re still plugged in to their TV, their American Idol, their football games or whatever… just can not leave. You’re right.
Alan: They actually call these things in psychology, they have their routines and sub-routines. That’s why in information network… I’ve even read some of the data put out BY the big boys who are recording all this data from cell phones and so on FOR the authorities.
Antonio: Twitter, Facebook, exactly. When it breaks down, they don’t know why.
Alan: Yes. All your personality profile, your habits, your acquaintances. On a Thursday, they’ll phone so-and-so who’s into this and here’s the commonality between them, etc.
Antonio: That’s right. Michael Jackson will happen. They’ll collect all the information on Twitter and then they’ll move onto another event. They’ll collect all the information on Twitter again and then they’ll just war game it in their big computers and strategize.
Alan: That’s right. I’ll tell you another thing too. If this carries on, they know themselves… they’ve said that in 10 years time OR LESS, if your routine varies from what you should be doing in that routine, they will have government agencies come in to see what’s up with you. They don’t like someone who’s unpredictable. All of this stuff is to make sure that you are PREDICTABLE. If you’re predictable, you’re safe.
Antonio: Thank you, Alan, for answering my question.
Alan: You’re right. We can’t wait until the end. It’s always too late at the end. It’s like that documentary I’ve mentioned, The Soviet Story. You’ll see people getting shot and then falling into mass graves and stuff. Same with the Nazis. Same as with other wars. I’ve always said this. Right to the end, those people who ran to line up in the graves, knowing what they’ve seen before – the previous line getting shot down – they run to their death thinking, THIS can not be happening TO ME. Right to the last split second. Guess what, it does. Stop it before it happens. Back with more after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through The Matrix. As I say, it’s true enough, isn’t it, that every day that goes by – every day, every week, every month – that things get worse and worse. Not only that. They keep telling us in the newspapers what’s coming. There could be food shortages. There could be plagues coming. There’s all this kind of stuff. We’re told of mass vaccinations ordered by government, etc of UNTESTED vaccines, even though the last lot they tried with the same idea with the Swine flu ended up paralyzing people all over the place. We’ve got to say, what’s the real intention of this? What’s the real INTENT of it? What is it? They even estimate that the common flu will kill about 100 people, children, in the US alone. This Swine flu, even if it really got bad, might kill from 150 to 200 people. So why would you want to inoculate MILLIONS of children with something that we know is going to paralyze maybe THOUSANDS? …and have worse side effects down the road, later in life? It doesn’t make sense, you see. It doesn’t make sense.
There’s another agenda at work here. There’s no doubt about this at all. I wasn’t kidding when I said that this is an INTRUSIVE OPERATION, even under law. Under law, and in medicine, anything puncturing the skin, from a stab wound by a knife, to a NEEDLE, is classified as an INTRUSIVE OPERATION. It breaks the outer layers, it carries bacterium and so on IN to the tissue. Here they are, squirting stuff into your tissue that they say themselves is unproven. You can’t prove a drug by doing a fast study that hasn’t completed yet and then wait 2 weeks and say it’s okay. You don’t know until years have gone by, YEARS. That’s what happens. People react at different rates because of the differences in their physiology and their gene types and so on to the same things. It will take them, some years, some days, some weeks, some months. Some won’t come down with something until 30 years later. We know, for instance, the polio vaccine, Salk’s polio vaccine, and I have the video, by the way, of the main character who worked on them for the company saying that yeah, we knew. In fact, it was HIM, this particular guy – I’ll try and get that link up in a couple of days – you’ll hear him say himself that he had to go to the pharma company after he looked at this stuff and tested it. He said this will GIVE cancers to the people because it has the various cancer viruses in here, especially the simian 40 virus, which ONLY, its only functions seems to be to CAUSE CANCER. They know this. Some people will develop the cancer in an earlier phase than others. Some it might be 10 years down the road, some 5, some 3, and in different places in the body, again, according to your physiology.
So something stinks. Something utterly stinks here. Again, because every country’s on board with the same agenda at the same time, IT SHOULD MAKE US ALL EVEN MORE SUSPICIOUS OF IT. When government starts to COMMAND the public, COMMAND YOU, and say they’re going to pump you full of poisons… literally, it’s blended green monkey kidneys. That’s what this injection is going to be comprised of, and squalene that will destroy your joints, in a good percentage of the people who get it. Permanent rheumatoid arthritis. Think about it. Think about it. They want to help you? GIVE YOU THE CHOICE. YOU SHOULD HAVE THE CHOICE if you want the help or not. That’s what health services are for. INFORMED CONSENT. If you don’t have INFORMED CONSENT, then you’re a slave. You’re a slave and your master can do what they want with you. The choice is yours.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Debra: I am. How are you doing today Alan?
Alan: I’m hanging in here.
Debra: Yeah. When you were talking about the flu shots and all that nonsense, the Governor of Maryland, O’Malley, has said, today, that taking the flu shot was patriotic.
Alan: Patriotic? Maybe the serum comes from American chickens. Hold on and I’ll be back after this break.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Talking to Debra from Maryland about how patriotic it’s going to be to take their shot apparently… until I remembered it’s actually been made from green monkeys and human tissue, apparently. They haven’t specified if that’s going to be patriotic or not… if it’s from Africa. Unless we’re a global society, I guess; maybe that’s what it means. You still there Debra?
Debra: Yeah. I’m still here. That’s correct. It does have tissue of green monkey in it. What’s interesting also to note is that The Swine Flu Summit was held in July at the National Institutes of Health here.
Alan: That’s right. I noticed that and found an article on that. What’s amazing too, it’s kind of leaking out from the CDC that they had this planned back in 2007, BEFORE the swine flu outbreak was even heard of, or the swine flu itself.
Debra: Correct. The drug company, and I want to say GlaxoSmithKline – it might have been another involved – had applied for the patent back in 2007. Which is interesting to note that, how are you going to apply for a patent for a flu that doesn’t exist at that present time?
Alan: Exactly.
Debra: Which leads me to believe that Wayne Madsen had a little bit of credibility, in my mind, when he said, you know, Russia Today television, this was man made. This was done in a closed setting taking the 1918 flu and cross breeding, if that’s the correct term, it with other strains of flu.
Alan: I read the article in fact, from the guy who did it for the CDC. It was a Japanese name. He said they took 3 genes, added them from the Spanish flu, added it to the common flu and it created a killer. Then he said at the end of it, I hope this swine flu doesn’t mutate along this path. So here they have created it and they just hope that nature doesn’t follow suit and create the same thing.
Debra: What’s curious to me and I think a lot of people are maybe questioning this, is that as far as I know, it takes at least 2 years to develop a so-called flu vaccine against one particular strain of flu.
Alan: That’s right.
Debra: Isn’t it interesting that they have this 2 years before this so-called avian/pigs-fly flu was introduced to the public? I don’t know about you, but I don’t know anybody that’s been affected by it.
Alan: No I haven’t either. I talk to people from all over the world, lots of people in Britain. They don’t anybody either that’s had it.
Debra: So I don’t even know that it exists.
Alan: Exactly. I think this is exactly what they said they’d do, present scary scenarios to the public to make them obey. I think this is exactly what they’re doing. They’ve already said at the World Health Organization in 2006, if they can just bring in mandatory inoculations they’ll get the public trained to go in every year to get mandatory shots. Not just for flu but for boosters and other inoculations down the road for the rest of their lives.
Debra: What better way to poison the whole public then.
Alan: That’s the intention. That is the intention. We’ve had all the stuff to do with the cancer viruses they put in the polio and so on. That’s all acknowledged facts now. These guys are the same eugenics plants as far as I’m concerned.
Debra: I love you Alan. People… buy his books please.
Alan: Yeah. Thanks for calling. Yes, it’s eugenics folks and your life is in your own hands, YOUR OWN HANDS, NO ONE ELSE’S AND YOU MUST KEEP IT IN YOUR OWN HANDS.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Mass swine flu coffins warning
Published Date: 17 September 2009 / By David Maddox
MINISTERS (A: That’s politicians.) have been urged to have thousands of cardboard coffins ready for mass deaths should swine flu take a turn for the worse. (A: They’re cheap there. Cardboard coffins. I wonder if it’s raining too? What good would they be? Oh, its biodegradable, that’s why. I’ll be back with more after these messages.)
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I didn’t realize that the hour had just flown in like that plus I have another show after this one. I’ll go to the phones now and grab Cody from Oregon. Are you there Cody?
Cody: Yeah, I’m here Alan. Thanks for taking my call. I read Out of Control by Vince White, a book that you recommended and wow that was very insightful to see how controlled just that band was by the Music Industry. It seemed like they were really just pushing the culture like you always talk about. It kind of made me think that a band like that that’s supposed to be rebelling against the system and everything and they’re that far controlled, it made me wonder how bad the mainstream bands were.
Alan: Actually, they’re all vetted. It’s not so much the bands themselves; it’s those that manage them that guide them along a particular track. They get them or at least they try to give the appearance to the public that they’re all involved in a political/socialist movement. That was the whole intention of it. Whereas the guys themselves, certainly Vince, wasn’t in to socialism at all.
Cody: Right, yeah. In a lot of ways they’re just prostitutes by just not really sticking to their morals or their values and just selling whatever is out there to sell.
Alan: That’s what generally happens with ALL the big bands out there. I can remember when the Beatles were given, I think it was one of the Orders of the British Empire or something from the Queen. After Britain had done something to some other country, they took them back and threw them back. At least they had the guts to say, you know you can have this stuff back; we’re not proud of serving you. But you don’t see that anymore today. Not today.
Cody: Not a whole lot. Then another thing that’s kind of along the same lines talking about music here. I was going through a music theory book that I had and I ran across an old buddy of ours, Old Pythagoras. It said that he was responsible for making the chromatic scale. He basically cut it up into 12 intervals.
Alan: That’s right. Through mathematics… And he measured them too. In the middle ages, they reconstructed those scales using the box and the one string method and got the harmonics and that’s how they came out with the medieval music for the churches.
Cody: Wow. Interesting number they chose. So would the 13, for the octave, would that represent the hidden master?
Alan: In a sense it would. There’s always the 13.
Cody: I just heard that from your talk when you were talking about how the number 13 and then the number 12 and what they represented. I was kind of interesting. I heard that from your old CDs.
Alan: That’s why you have the number 13 all across logos that you see. You’ll see them inverted on their side and that’s actually the McDonald’s logo, for instance, that some towns have. Just turn it on its side until the 1 is at the bottom on the horizontal and you got the 3 above it like and M. That’s 13, regardless if it’s McDonalds. You’ll see towns use that too for the logos as well. Supposedly representing 2 hills or something and there’s always a line underneath it. It’s a 13.
Cody: Wow. The esoteric is just everywhere. Once you start finding out a little bit about it, it just starts popping up out at you everywhere.
Alan: It IS everywhere. I live next to a train track and I watch all these freight trains go by and every car has a Masonic logo on them from every company.
Cody: Wow. You know one thing that that book said also is it said that Pythagoras wasn’t necessarily one person. They said that it might have been a group of people.
Alan: I’m sure it was. He and others were trained in Egypt and they went back. He went to Croton actually, it was a province of Greece but it was based in Italy, and started a school up there until it was burned down by locals who knew what he was up to. Thanks for calling.
Cody: Thank you. It was nice talking to you.
Alan: Bye now.
Well that’s it for tonight folks. From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Sept. 18, 2009
Alan Watt on “The Extreme Society Show” with Jim Block
Jim: Hi Alan, this is Jim from the Extreme Society Show. We want to thank you again for joining us tonight. For everybody listening, ladies and gentlemen, Alan Watt from CuttingThroughTheMatrix.com. I really enjoy having you back on. Like I said, we had a good time with you in the beginning. It’s always a pleasure to have you on. I want to just give you an idea of who’s with us tonight so that way you know who you’ll be speaking with. You’ve got me, Jim. You’ve got Miss Christina.
Christina: Hi Alan.
Alan: Hello.
Jim: And we’ve got Dr. Jay Jason.
Jay: Good evening.
Alan: Good evening to you.
Jim: We’ve got our PR director, super Jake.
Jake: Hello Alan.
Alan: Hi.
Jim: And we’ve got Sunny.
Sunny: Hi Alan. It is a pleasure talking to you, actually. I’m the one who helped to find you and I think you’re one of the best researchers.
Alan: Thanks very much.
Jim: Let’s go ahead. So I wanted to just get an idea of what’s been going on with you lately. I mean, what have been some of the hot topics with your show and some of the research that you’ve been discovering?
Alan: Well, basically it’s how the big boys now, the oligarchs really, who control the systems worldwide now, are going into their planned world government, of course. They’ve been doing it for years and implementing it incrementally. But now they’re going for the real punch which is trying to convince the public to depopulate, and trying to convince us as to why they must force us to depopulate the planet. Even on tonight’s show I read Sir David Attenborough’s talk in one of the newspapers about the need to depopulate people, not just birth control but actually start depopulating those that are alive. This is how brazen this has all come out today. And you have the Optimum Population Trust that has branches from London across the world who are all, it’s all British Lords and Sirs that belong to it, the very, very wealthy elite, the establishment, who openly said, with Prince Charles backing them up, that they’ve got to start drastically reducing the population of the world. This is the old eugenics plan that they’ve always had, since the days of Thomas Malthus and they drag out fake figures and what they claim are facts and graphs and charts to try and prove their point. But what it really is, is the Darwinian plan, that the survival of the fittest, the fittest must go on. And those who have helped society get to this level but whose purpose now is over, they can’t go any further, they must simply die off. That’s basically the Darwinian religion that’s being forced out today into the open under another guise. So we all have to sort of start sacrificing to save the planet and to save the better ones who will go on into the future. That’s basically what it’s about now.
Jim: Wow. Well, when we discussed in the email, we were bringing up some of the topics about the H1N1 virus and, you know, the epidemic that’s going now with that and just wanted to get, before we go onto some more deeper questions here, just get your thoughts on, what is your opinion on the whole H1N1 scare that’s going on right now.
Alan: Well, you said it. It’s a scare alright and they’re trying to drum a panic level up to the public. We’ve got to go back to about 1995 for the first demonstrations across, say, Canada for instance and other countries, of this rapid response force to crisis and emergencies, natural disasters. And it came out of nowhere. Then we found out in Canada, we had television specials about it. They’d set up this network of systems across the country, including the US, for any kind of threat from outside, or internal threat, natural disasters. And they practiced these things in the streets across Canada with actors, using actors and volunteers to do with places getting blown up, for instance. I remember coming across one in Allison, Ontario, a little potato town, with guys lying there with tomato sauce on them and guys bandaging them up. I asked the cops that were there and the firemen, I says, what is this? He says, well it’s a practice for upcoming riots, etc, that will come down the road. And they had a car parked outside Baxter Laboratories; they have one of the Baxter plants there, they make vaccines. And he says, that’s where they might set off a bomb. I thought, so why would they set off a bomb in front of a vaccine plant? Well, now we’re finding out why. Because the vaccine manufacturers are a big cabal who want to, who are getting their way, along with government legislation, to mandatorily inoculate everybody on the planet. They’re private businesses. I mean, you can imagine having a private business where you get the government to mandate that everyone in the world must buy your spade or your shovel or your bicycle or something. This is literally what’s happening here, the only differences being the government has exempted themselves and these corporations that are going to, by law, vaccinate everyone, from any lawsuits against them because they know themselves this stuff is unsafe. I mean, this is criminal what’s happening. But at the 2006 meeting, and this is where you must go. You must go into the world meetings that they’ve had at the World Health Organization that’s in charge of all of this and look over the last few years. In 2006 they said they would train the public to eventually take mandatory shots, starting perhaps with the flu shot. And then once they’ve done it once… see, this is Pavlovian training we’re getting right now. Once they’ve done it once then they’ll start giving us shots every year, including annual booster shots for all our previous childhood injections, for the rest of their lives. That’s what they said; that’s in their own website at the United Nations. And personally, I object to being treated like an animal, because under this sovietized system, that’s what they believed in the soviet system, and the Darwinian system – it’s all the same thing – that man is basically an animal and you can train him into any reality and train his behavior in any direction you wish. That’s what they’re doing with us today. And to be honest, when the big boys are out there in mainstream media, in big media newspapers, and the BBC, clamoring about bringing down the population, at the same time they want to give us all mandatory shots, I’m very suspicious indeed.
Jim: I’ve got to really get to some questions. Also on the line with us, too, is Matt from Columbus so I’m going to give him the honors. He’s calling us from Columbus, Ohio for the first question.
Matt: Hi Alan. One of the things, when we talk about the grand conspiracy theory, the thing that always come to mind. We talk about how the illuminati and the elites want to depopulate the planet to an optimal population level. But I mean, how would a group of elite conspirators be able to pull off a mass extermination without people realizing it? I mean, it just seems to me that something like that could never actually be successful. What makes you think that something like this could and is happening right now?
Alan: Well if you follow all the information that is available on previous vaccinations – I’ve got some excellent websites on the histories of vaccinations, from the medical authorities themselves – and they’re utter horror shows when you see what they’ve actually got tucked away in the old history charts to do with vaccinations. They can give everyone a shot, for instance, and don’t forget these same pharmacies who make the vaccines are also employed by the Military-Industrial Complex for warfare purposes, for manufacturing killer viruses and bacterium. I’ve read articles about the big boys, from the CDC, explaining that connection. They want to put something in your body, by law, across the planet, to start with. That’s how they could pull it off if they want to. It needn’t kill everybody off at the same rate at the same time, but it certainly could, like the polio vaccines before them, introduce something like the Simian 40 virus, which, Dr Salk himself, the inventor of the polio vaccine said, has only one purpose and that’s to cause cancers. And now we’re plagued with cancers of all strange types – the doctors don’t even bother labeling them anymore – they’re rampant. So they don’t want to kill you off in one massive wave, however, they do want to speed up the dying process. That’s what they’re all on about today. They don’t want us living as long as we are; that’s what they’re complaining about. That’s what Sir Attenborough was talking about too, we don’t want them living so long. That’s what Julian Huxley said, he says, not just birth control and birth prevention, we must start thinking about death control and start killing off the people before they get too old. That was the head of UNESCO who said that.
Matt: But then why is it that at the same time we continue to make great strides in discovery and in life-extending medicines and technologies, that they also want to kill us off surreptitiously?
Alan: Well, what makes you think that they’re going to make all this life extension technology for you? You understand? They see themselves as a different species from you. They are the products of many, many generations of special selective breeding like the Darwins were. The Darwins had five generations where the Darwins only intermarried with the Wedgwood family, for selective purposes, for certain qualities. Many of these families today are all descended from them. Wedgwood-Benn, who was assistant to the Prime Minister in Britain, for years, he’s a descendant from them. Many of them are descendants from the Huxleys as well. They’re all interrelated, and they see themselves as a more advanced species from the rest of humanity. They don’t have junk genes, they claim, and because they have achieved incredible power and wealth and esteem in their nations, and held onto that money and power – they haven’t produced offspring that squander it – then they, by the Darwinian theory – and they explain this in their own books by the way – they have the right to go on into a future where they can give themselves life extension, but not for the masses. The masses to them now are the problem. We are obsolete. It’s time for us to go. That is, literally, Darwinian teaching.
Jake: Alan I have a question for you, because I’m one of the members here that believes in chemtrails. A lot of people don’t believe in chemtrails. I’ve actually made videos on chemtrails being heavily sprayed, feeling sick, nauseous, headache, you know, incoherence, in some parts, when they start spraying this stuff. Can you elaborate some of your knowledge of chemtrails and if you believe that they’re real and they’re really spraying?
Alan: Oh, they’re real alright. I mean, I remember in 1998 I walked out in the summer and it was the first day of what was going to become daily spraying. At that time they were half the height up, spraying, than they are today. They must have had about 50 planes in the sky. It was an incredible sci-fi sight to see. And I got everyone I knew up and said, look at this, what on earth is this? So it started in earnest in 1998 right after the countries of Canada, the US, Britain and a few other countries in Europe signed The Open Skies Treaty. It was immediately after that it happened, so it was obviously arranged. It goes back to the days of Teller. Teller was the inventor of the H-bomb. He also came up with the idea of using the Tesla technology of standing waves which they could literally promote, across a whole continent, as Brzezinski said. Teller said that if we could impregnate the air with metallic particles, like barium and aluminum oxide, and even titanium particles, he said, we can use the air itself, the atmosphere, as a form of conductor that will greatly intensify the effects of the standing wave technology – they now call it the HAARP technology. He says, this way we can put a secondary wave on it. On the one hand we can control the weather with it, to a great degree – they already knew this of course, and they really tested it out well in the 50s; they knew it would work. He said, we can put a secondary wave on it for warfare purposes, if need be, and in times of unrest, even national unrest, he said, we can cover the entire continent with a carrier wave attached to the first wave and with the air particles spread like this, it’ll travel right across the continent, and he says, it can actually be made to pulse at the same pulse rate as the human brain. And they did tests on the people of Maine; they were the first ones to be tested with this technology, the HAARP combination with the spraying, and the details went to the Pentagon. They did admit that all the social services were studying it. The police were told to report abnormalities, medical authorities reported odd effects, and farmers too, veterinarians. So you had domestic animals going crazy. You literally had cows charging people like bulls. You had dogs biting their masters. You had the highest rate of suicide; at one point it went crazy with suicide, very quickly, massive depression. And at a different frequency they could turn it up and you’d become very aggressive, and they had all these domestic disturbances. So they knew they could literally affect the minds of the public. This ties in with Brzezinski’s book, Between Two Ages. Now, Brzezinski was up there with the NSA, so they were involved in all of this kind of stuff, you see. In his book, Between Two Ages, in the chapter, The Technotronic Era, he said, we have the ability now to use technotronic weaponry – this comes under technotronic weaponry – that will influence people’s behavior without them even being aware of it, and it can be used across whole continents. Well, that was back in the 1970s that he wrote that book. So we’re seeing the spraying used, since ’98, on a frequent basis; up here it’s daily, by the way. And they’re using the HAARP technology along with it. Since 2001, if you tune in a short wave radio, across the bands you’ll hear the HAARP pulsing away there; they change it 2 or 3 times during the day to different frequency levels. It’s been on 24 hours per day since 2001 now. So it’s being used, along with the spray.
[….. technical difficulties….]
Alan: Hello?
Jim: Due to weather here, because it’s not good, we’ve got a lot of wind up here. Alan, you with us?
Alan: Yes.
Jim: I apologize for that. We’ve got some weather conditions here at our locations, and actually we lost power there for a second. So sorry about that. We’ll go ahead and continue where we left off. Jay has a question for you.
Jay: Okay, so these people that are doing these actions, military, Bilderberg, illuminati, whoever they may be, they travel to places where they’re going to get affected by what they’re doing. I mean, I couldn’t see them even taking a chance at getting cross contaminated or whatever else. How would that affect, with what they’re doing, why would they do that just to harm themselves ultimately?
Alan: It won’t because science is so far ahead of whatever the public is ever told; it always has been. All through the Cold War, for instance, there were so many fake releases put out for the public to believe in, that this is as far as we have, this is our stealth bomber, this is the best thing we have, etc, where they were actually miles ahead of it in other ways. It’s the same with even, say, the very wealthy elite, they travel in air-conditioned cars that are utterly filtered. They live in homes that are utterly filtered from everything. The chelation therapies that they get, you can carry the thing in your arm. I saw something recently, someone sent me, it’s basically a filter tube, it’s inserted into a vein in the arm, it’s strapped to the arm, you can wear it under a jacket, and they change this every day, this kind of thing. It literally is as good as the type of filters they use for people with renal diseases, it’s so good. So they can get this stuff out of their systems without any problem. But this won’t be given to the public of course. All sciences have 3 levels. We have the bottom level of professorship down, that includes medicine as well. There’s a level above them and a level above them again. Armies today have the basic fighting equipment that we’re so used to seeing. The CIA showed us equipment they had back in the 60s, and 50s even, that we’d never heard of until Nick Begich came out with them, where they could actually put thoughts into your mind by little machines they could point at you. Nick Begich demonstrated a whole bunch of this stuff, he said they were obsolete, the CIA were using them in the 50s. And it took about 40, 50 years before we even knew that these things existed. So they’re always so far ahead. Then above the CIA there’s another level that the elite are let in on because they would never give all their power to their inferiors, since they want to stay in charge. And medicine is the same way too, from the medical doctors on down, that’s the lowest form of medicine; it’s very primitive, really, what we have. And there’s another level above that, that’s why you’ll see some people living to 100, some of the big players in fact. Look at old Mr Rockefeller going across the planet at 90, or is it 94 he is, still giving talks every other day about depopulating the planet, you know. He’s up on YouTube doing it. He’s down in South America talking about the amalgamation of the Americas, a very busy man. The Queen mother died at 100 years of age, never had an illness in her life, no arthritis, no aging problems as most folk have. They get treatments at that level that we will never even hear of, and neither will your doctor or even your surgeon at the local hospital.
Jay: Wow. Now, Alan, weren’t you, I’ve heard you say that you were invited to join the illuminati, or they wanted to make you one of their members or something.
Alan: No, I’ve been asked to join some of the Round Table societies, for world citizenship by Rockefeller, that belongs to the Council on Foreign Relations and Royal Institute of International Affairs. You might say that’s part of it because anyone who’s in on the real reality is obviously illumined. We are the profane at the bottom. We believe the mainstream media, and that is our reality. But once you’re in the light, into these groups, then technically you’re illumined.
Jake: It’s all, of course, very interesting and I was wondering here now, admittedly I’m very skeptical of a lot of this stuff because, you know, it just seems like it’s such a complex web of things that have to happen in order for all these things to occur as you describe. Now of course, it doesn’t go without saying that there are definitely more than meets the eye in the world, obviously there is, and that we all know that there are secret societies that are out there and there are consortiums of various business leaders and political leaders and finance leaders who influence world events. I guess my question is, all of these different societies, so the bloodlines that are ruling us, you claim that they have been in existence since ancient times. Are these bloodlines that are descended from, you know, ancient Egyptian cults like the Mystery Religions? Where do these bloodlines originate from and how does one join one? [Host laughing] Can you marry into the bloodline?
Alan: Well you’d have to. You’d have to marry one. And you’d have to be awfully exceptional even to get that offer. But you can go back into history and look at the Medici family, for instance; the Borgias is another one. Some of them became Popes and some of the Medici’s became royalty over France and other countries. And these characters’ ancestors were lending to the ancient Roman armies as bankers. Down through time these characters, the same people, these same families, knew how to handle this strange thing we call money and economy and debt and all the rest of it. There’s nothing new in that. If you go into the histories of Sparta and the incredibly long, over 100 year war they had, as the countries that were already taken over, through debt by banking, were trying to get Sparta as well; this is recorded history. Then we find often banker’s daughters, even Aristotle for instance, that taught Alexander the Great to be a God, in the Gnostic religion. Aristotle was given a wife of one of the top bankers of the Middle East in ancient days, a very, very rich person, who financed wars of that period and helped finance Alexander’s war. These are professions. Economists are bankers. They have long-range outlooks on things because they must, especially when they’re looking for payments back in payments over a long period of time with debt and profit and interest and all the rest of it. So there’s nothing new in that. Look at it today, for instance, and we’re given stories about Rothschild, and there’s no doubt whatsoever the Rothschilds have really incredibly influenced society. Even today with this farce of the carbon taxes that are going to come down to personal taxes, guess who brought it forward? It was Lord Rothschild that brought it through in the House of Parliament in Britain. And he wants all these carbon taxes of the world, that’s corporate, national, and individual carbon taxes to go through his family’s personal bank in Switzerland. So they’ll handle all of that. Beautiful system. So these guys have been literally altering society for, definitely, hundreds of years and probably much, much longer.
Jake: But they believe that they’re making it better.
Alan: When you get up there and talk to some of the higher ones there, they’re all of one mind. And I kid you not, they truly believe in Darwin as a religion.
Jake: When you say that, what do you mean by Darwinian Theory as a religion? Because aren’t you, don’t you believe in Darwinism, Matt?
Matt: I believe in the theory of natural selection that Darwin described but it’s not a religion.
Alan: It’s a religion to these people, because I’ll tell you, and you’ve got read the writings of Julian Huxley who goes through the Darwinian process in detail. He explains it. He said, if you take any form of life, he says, a tree just doesn’t land as a seed somewhere and grow. He said, first you must get amoebas going in and then bacterium into the soil, then certain grasses must come into it, that will grow and die and leave certain minerals behind, and then bacterium move in again and aerate the ground, then that seed can come in and the tree grows. What happens then is the tree will use all that nourishment, the bacterium and everything else will die off in the process. He’s trying to tell you that everything has a purpose to push another higher form of life on. That’s the basic theory of Darwin. It goes with humans too. Once the humans, the lesser humans, post-agricultural, post-industrial, have pushed on society to as far as it could go in a certain area, those people then become obsolete. Those who have risen to the top and proven then can hold onto power at the top, and do practice special selection for certain qualities in their offspring, and will inherit an awful lot of money, which is power, the proof that they are successful, they should go on but we must be left behind. You’ll find the same symbolism even in HG Wells’ Shape of Things to Come. He shows you at the end of it, where all the masses down below the big ivory towers are trying to rebel, they’re so sick of these fast changes that are happening all the time, and the elite take off into space to save themselves, so they can go on into the future, survive and leave all the dead kind behind them. That’s what Darwinism is based on. So society, in other words, the ordinary folk, the different level, the junk gene people as they’re calling us now, will be left behind. We’ve fulfilled our job; we are staging rockets to push on the payload. They are the payload. And they believe, with what’s left of the natural resources of the world, they have the right to use them, not us. We are useless eaters according to people like Bertrand Russell.
Jake: Sheeple, in other words, Alan. They call us the sheeple.
Alan: Yes. The useless eaters.
Jake: Now, I want to ask you, because you know on the Extreme Society we all believe in everything, different religions and stuff. What do you believe in? Because I really never heard you talk. Do you believe in nothing? Do you believe in God? Are you a Christian? What are your beliefs?
Alan: I’ve no pigeon hole. I avoid pigeon holes because that’s what people like in life, is to be in a pigeon hole where other people are. I tell people, you can only go by your own life’s experiences. You know, it’s one thing to say, well this guy believed this in the previous generation and we did before him and him and him, so you should believe it too. No. You can only personally, since you are a newborn creation, unique, you must go by your own personal experiences in life. I don’t deny that there’s odd things out there, really odd, I’ve had plenty of experiences myself, but to actually try and classify them under something is a very difficult thing to do. Most folk want to look into something that preexists so they can just put it into a slot and say okay, that’s what it’s all about. But it’s much, much more than that. You must go by your own life’s experiences, I think, and never be pulled into mainstream. Mainstream religion is completely controlled by the boys who rule all the rest of the system and the economy. I mean, Rockefeller started up the World Council of Churches, for instance, in the Americas; now it’s worldwide. They basically set the curriculum for all seminaries for Christians and look at the mess that Christianity’s in today. They’re weak. They’re emasculated. They go along to please now.
Matt: I believe in, you know, a relationship with the Heavenly Father not so much a religion in that sense. You’ve studied the illuminati and these secret societies and the occult, and when you start reading what they worship and what they believe, and yeah a lot of it is Darwinism. It’s evil in some sense. They believe in a Luciferian or a demonic presence.
Jake: Is it Darwinism or is it a perversion of Darwinism? It’s taking Darwinism to an extreme.
Alan: Not really, no. You’ve got to read Charles Darwin. See, Charles Darwin was chosen by the Royal Society which was, and they admit that in their own website, the first Masonically-chartered scientific institution in Britain. You had to be a Freemason to join it. They had an agenda from the very beginning; there’s no doubt about that. In fact, part of the agenda in the beginning to join the Royal Society, like Francis Bacon was asked to, Isaac Newton was there too. If you were married you had to leave your wife, you couldn’t be married. So you’d become like a priest, utterly devoted to it. Bacon was married so he had to put his wife away and provide for her but have nothing more to do with them, and his children. So they were very, very strict and priest-like in the beginning. Darwin’s father and grandfather both wrote books, identical to what Charles eventually put out, pretty well. What they were really putting out was what they already believed, as a religion, and they put it out under the guise of science. They already believed in a noble gene you might call it, a nobility gene. You’ve heard of them saying that they’d passed on noble qualities to their children. Ordinary people who were not noble couldn’t pass on these noble qualities; it was in the blood, as they said. So they already believed that and that’s why they could say, that’s why all those peasants work the fields and that’s why we sit in the big house here; it’s because we are the nobility; we have virtue and abilities which the peasants, the villeins as they called them, didn’t have. Well, they basically used what they already believed in and brought it into this pseudo-science. Part of it too, by the way, was to destroy religion. That was admitted at the time. They could not rise to the top as the leaders of the world and bring science to the top as the new priesthood unless they got rid of the old priesthoods. They tried to do it through science. They’ve been very successful by the way. Very successful. Even Aldous Huxley in his talk with Mike Wallace, up on YouTube there if you look into there, he talks about that in the 50s I think it was. He says, the last great bastion that’s stopping this new world order and the scientific elite who will run it on behalf of the masters, the dominant minority, he said, is the Catholic Church. He says, once that’s gone, he says, there’s nothing to stop it.
Jim: Well before we go into our next question here I just wanted to remind our listeners you are listening to Alan Watt from cuttingthroughthematrix.com. If you’re rejoining us, we had a little bit of a technical glitch due to weather conditions so if you refresh your Extreme Society Show player you’ll be able to pick us back up. We’re back on live now and listeners are piling in as we speak.
Matt: Alright Alan, again, you’re right. One of the things that, again, just bugs me, is that a lot of these elitists, they do witchcraft, they do black magic, they talk to demons, they try to invoke a dark energy. Can you elaborate on your thoughts on that?
Alan: There’s no doubt that basic paganism is ancient and that’s exactly what happens. They call down entities; that’s what they did in the Bacchus Rites and so on. They would call down particular entities and invoke them. You find a lot of this kind of stuff in the Cabala for instance. There’s some of it in the Talmud even. You find that people, the Christians who adopted the Cabala in the days of John Dee, for instance, really went to town with it and John Dee did bring out a whole method of calling down these entities in his book that he wrote On The Calling Down of Spirits, he called it. You can still get a hold of copies today. You have to know the old Hebrew names because each entity has a particular purpose, so if you want to acquire money you would call down a certain type of demon, if you wanted revenge on someone you’d call down another kind of demon. It’s a very, very ancient type of religion; there’s no doubt about it. Even Albert Pike was into it.
Matt: Are you talking about the Enochian Keys of John Dee, that you’re referring to, calling down spiritual powers to seek out riches and treasures and stuff like that?
Alan: Yes, but he goes even more closely into it in his book, it was called, I think it was, On The Calling Down of Spirits, was the title of the book. It’s just one of the old Hebrew demons after another, or fallen angels if you like. And you must know the keys to each one. It’s the old idea of the genie in the bottle, really; if you know the genie’s name, and you know the names of controlling the genie, then you’re safe. That’s what they believe. And paganism really, the idea is for the initiate to go through stages of degrees and eventually you become a God. That’s the whole idea of paganism ultimately. And that’s the same idea that goes through Freemasonry to an extent as well, and into what we call the New Age religions that are all put out by the same people. You become ultimately a God. That’s the whole intention of it. Once you get in touch with your spirit guide, your power animal, whatever they want to call it, you open yourself up as a channel and these entities then can come in to you and you become a God.
Matt: You know, you were in the music industry and stuff like that and you can see all the symbology in all the music and all the, you know, you mentioned Cabala and you have Madonna, Britney Spears, and everything. It runs rampant through that industry doesn’t it? The culture industry?
Alan: Oh, it’s absolutely rampant, more than you even understand consciously; your subconscious picks up a lot more, especially with the heavy sexual impetus on everything. Because it was decided long ago that they had to destroy, and I mean totally destroy society in order to dominate society. Their main enemies to take over the world were first of all tribes, then the culture of the tribe, or the nation, the morality that kept it all together, the glue that kept it together that bound them together, they’d stand up for themselves, help each other. Government had to destroy all of that using the culture creation industry to bring down a state of absolute baseness and once that had happened and morality was out the window and no one would stand up to help anyone else, then government truly is in charge of everyone as an individual.
Matt: Chaos out of Ordos, right?
Alan: Yeah. Ordo ab Chao. And also government stepped in too, to supplant all the things that communities and families did for themselves. They looked after their own elderly, for instance. They’d have friends around, neighbors that would do child care, for free as a friend. Now it’s all government agencies. And if you go into the writings of Lenin he said that in the West, he said, there’s so many agencies that will come out, run by government, as services, which will eventually become authorities. Well, your police were actually services, you know, that are now calling themselves forces. The children’s aids are now authorities, children’s aid authority. Your health service is about to become the health authority. So this is an old, old plan, and it’s incremental because we as human beings won’t accept, say, 10, 15 changes in a week. We won’t accept it. But if you give us a major change every year or two we adapt to it very easily without thinking. Look at what we adapted to since 2001, with searches and ID cards and so on, and ya-da, ya-da, ya. Then they tell us too, they’re monitoring all our mail, all our communications, and they have dossiers on every single one of us. And we adapt to it and adapt to it and it’s no big deal. We’re the most adaptable species on the planet, according to Skinner. His writings and teachings on behaviorism and how to control the masses and the individuals through behavior modification, incrementally, is being used on us all the time.
Jake: Alan, my question for you was, what are your thoughts on vaccinations with small children?
Alan: Oh, it’s just disgusting. You see, none of this makes any medical sense, this whole swine flu caper. Never in history, never before in history, and even in the medical schools today it’s taught that they cannot predict when there’s going to be an outbreak of anything. They cannot predict it. Any bacterium or virus can mutate in a thousand million directions, and most of them are harmless, and you could never predict when it was going to become a lethal killer. You can’t. It’s impossible. But they’re using this as a pretense to start off annual inoculations, mandatory annual inoculations. That’s why it makes no sense. It’s not meant to make sense. It’s to get an agenda starting, rolling. And I’m sure too, to start culling off the population. However, children, young children at that age, they don’t have an immune response system. The theory is based on inoculation, or vaccination, that you inject something that’s half dead, often it’s still alive by the way, in batches, the virus, so that your body can find antibodies, or make antibodies that will actually kill that particular virus. What good is it to put it into a baby who has no immune system and he can’t put out the white blood cells to kill off that virus? It makes no medical sense at all.
Jake: Yeah. So are you saying that people should not get vaccinated?
Alan: ABSOLUTELY, especially when, as I say, it makes no medical sense. Never in history, and yet as we speak medical students are still being taught the same thing. No one can predict that a virus or a bacterium is going to evolve into a killer. It’s impossible.
Jake: But haven’t vaccinations and the inoculations helped humanity for the past several hundred years since they first began inoculating for smallpox?
Alan: No.
Jake: Generally in the 1800?
Alan: No. I’ve got web sites here from the British medical journals, The Lancet, and all the other data, and the US ones, and you find in the first mass smallpox vaccinations in Britain, everyone who got it died. No one got it, that got smallpox, who did not get inoculated. You wouldn’t believe the stuff that’s out there for the public to see if they want to see it.
Jake: Now, when did that take place?
Alan: In the 1800s.
Jake: Everyone who received the smallpox vaccination died from the vaccination?
Alan: They died from smallpox.
Jake: From the vaccination?
Alan: Yes. No one else got smallpox that did not get vaccinated. And what’s happened is, you see, people were incredibly undernourished then. In World War I the average British young guy who went in at 18 years of age grew up to 5 inches because he was getting meat and good food for the first time in his life; in 3 months he’d grow about 5 inches. People were malnourished. They lived in poverty. It was an industrial working class era. They worked up to 16 hours per day. And the wages were literally starvation wages. So people were undernourished and ordinary things would kill them off, ordinary things which they should have immunity to would kill them off very easily. Improvements in food, an ability to get better food – and that’s what shocked the British troops when they saw the Americans for the first time, how big and healthy and tall and strong these guys looked compared to the British. It was all to do with their better food and so on. So that’s what killed. That’s why all these plagues just died away, and all the childhood diseases as well. The better nourishment you have, to meat, especially meat and so on, and good vegetables, then the more resistance you have to all these different things that used to be very common. Plus we have better hygiene, running water, we have better heat in the winter, or more heat in the winter. All of these things contributed to the decline of all these so-called diseases that supposedly were all so common.
Jake: Now, one of the things that I have a problem with are people’s extensive use of hand sanitizers and, I mean, just the general germophobia that exists, especially in the United States. I mean, it’s almost to the point of craziness. There’s several things, number one, I absolutely detest, like the flu vaccine. I don’t go for it. I get the email, or the company notice saying, you know, flu vaccines are available, you just go here and you get them for free. I don’t get them because guaranteed, I know at least 75% of the people that I know that do get them end up getting the flu regardless.
Alan: That’s right.
Jake: I really don’t care for, you know, cold remedies, flu vaccinations, any of that other stuff. I will tell you that if I do end up getting it I actually get through it pretty quickly. I subject myself to, you know, horrid conditions all the time and I mean, it’s… America kind of counteracts itself, I think, sometimes to our prevention of diseases and stuff like that. As the more that we make our bodies pure of these things, we actually don’t ever build up a natural occurring immunity to these things.
Alan: That’s right.
Jake: I bet, I bet something that I was hoping that you would agree with that it almost seems like, you know, if you really want to tie it into what you’re saying, that the push of hand sanitizers and all these personal medications that you can take, kind of work in conjunction with what they really want. They’re weakening us at the same time.
Jay: Most of America, they say we’re a medicated country now.
Jake: We’re overly medicated. The thing is, that I hate to admit about, you know, this H1N1 virus is that, as soon as somebody gets a hold of, hey there’s something new coming out…. It was the bird flu. It was the swine flu. It was this, it was that. Whatever is new means that pharmaceutical companies… boom, instant lies. The newscast, hey, guess what, we’ve got a new segment that’s going to draw people in because this is the hot or the buzz word. Hand sanitizer companies, and you know, the people that make the toilet seat gaskets and all this other… rubber gloves. I mean, it’s going to go crazy.
Jay: I agree with you. But the other thing is, if it’s the swine flu, why are people still eating pork?
Jake: I don’t know. I watched the news yesterday. I don’t watch the news. I absolutely hate the news because it’s just so you know, selective and filtered. One of the things that I actually saw was that they were recommending that if you take a flight that you bring a bottle of hand sanitizer and that you actually go ahead and be Michael Jackson and wear medical masks. So they’re almost promoting this agenda of, hey you need to protect yourself. But really what you’re doing is you’re creating a barrier in that your body will not get adjusted to these things and you will not be able to build up an immunity.
Alan: Yes, and they’ve had studies to show that people have already had the swine flu, supposedly, without even knowing it, because they had no symptoms at all it was so darn mild. I remember too, they still do this in Britain yet although the authorities are trying to stop them, where people would have measles parties. You’d bring all the children to the measles party, and you’ve got measles and you get over it and you were all fine. Mumps is the same thing. They had all these different kinds of parties, so you built up a natural immunity, a very powerful immunity, with your own body’s response system. You didn’t get things like squalene injected into you, that’s incredible stuff because it’s meant to put your immune system into overdrive, into a war mode. The problem is it doesn’t switch off once it’s killed off its enemy. It goes looking for other enemies around your system and it eventually attacks your joints. That’s why you end up with rheumatoid arthritis. This is well documented from their own records. By the way, this injection they want to give the Americans, squalene isn’t passed by law to be used on Americans; they banned the oil-based adjuvants, as they call them. In this particular flu shot, they’ve snuck it in there and no one’s saying anything. It’s a deadly stuff, this squalene.
Jake: Yes. I was trying to formulate a thought, I just went blank.
Jay: There’s one thing I want to ask you about real quick, Alan, before we talk about some of the other things you’re working on here, one of the main topics going on, I’m sure you’ve read about it and you hear a lot about it here in the United States is the health care plan that our current President Obama is trying to push through. Now, me, personally, I’m against it. I’m against any type of socialized health care plan or public health care plan. I’m against it. But in your opinion, do you think that they’re using the swine flu as a tool to try to help push this plan through?
Alan: They’ll use everything at their command, everything at their command. See, I grew up in a country that had a national health care system. It’s factory medicine. If you see a doctor… you’ll maybe sit all day in a waiting room hoping that you’ll get seen. In Canada you have the same thing here; you can’t get a doctor here. You have to walk into clinics, they have no records on you, they don’t know your past history. You’re given a big 4-inch square number, like a cow; they don’t give you a clip for your ear, though, like the cattle have. You sit with this number and you might be seen that day and if the doctor’s called away to the hospital they’ll say you can all come back again tomorrow and try again. That’s National Health Care system. And it’s under the World Health Organization. You have to understand, under the United Nations treaty the world they’re bringing in is where everyone will get equal access to the most minimal, that’s the term, minimal health care available. And when you marry politics and give government charge of your health… now politics has agendas. They have agendas. You cannot mix that, give them power over health care because when they’re in charge of your body, and that’s what it’s coming down to, and they’re already ramping on about the greening, too many people and so on, how on earth could you hand over to them, you, the right to tamper with your body. I mean, this is ridiculous.
Jay: I agree with that. I mean, right now the government can’t even handle the cash-for-clunkers right now. They’re having a hard time getting that out. Do you think I want a government like that to control my health care? I don’t think so.
Jake: The one thing that I’ve got to add to this is from what I’ve heard originally, even way into the Bush administration, that America was unanimously saying, or close to unanimous in saying that something needs to be done with the health care. So this is a response to it. You guys want some kind of health care plan, let’s build up this health care plan. If it does not work and if America does not agree with it, it will not go forward as our congress and our, you know, three-tiered government is designed to do. That if it does not actually work and if we don’t agree with it, it’s going to go down and it’s going to have to be redone.
Christina: I got an idea. If you want health care why don’t you get a job and you’ll get health care?
Jake: Because the problem is the majority of the United States cannot do that especially with the collapse of the economy. It’s becoming harder.
Sunny: Who set all this stuff up? The high elite, illuminati…
Jake: You can always tie it to that, Sunny. You can always tie it to that. You could either tie it to, you know, the simplistic way that things are going, or you could tie it into…
Sunny: It isn’t simplistic. I mean, our country’s falling down and we’re going to be a part of this whole world system, where they’ve already signed the treaties, the American union and stuff and Alan knows about that.
Christina: What do you think about that Alan?
Alan: That’s true. You see, under the treaties that the US, Canada and all the countries have signed, all health care ultimately is to go through the World Health Organization. That’s what the United Nations was created to be, the global governance of the world. That’s what’s happening. They’re coming up to their true power now. They’re already building up their army, as the true one army of the world, that’s under NATO. And every department there was also to be brought up to its full power, including the International Monetary Fund; that’s why they needed to create this crash, to bring them up to what their mandated position is, as control of all money. But health care definitely, the US signed the same agreement, as I say, at the World Health Organization. They will bring in a socialized medical system which will give you, each person, the minimal care possible. That’s in the treaty. Every country signed that. So this is really why it’s going ahead now. It’s time now to bring the United States into the same plan as Canada’s got, and Australia’s got, and Britain’s got, and so on; the factory medicine they call it.
Jake: Alan, I’ve got a question for you. Health care plan in America, they’ve done tests, they’ve ran studies, and they say that socialized medicine, like you have in Canada, it’s cheaper than our system and it has the exact same result.
Alan: Well I’ll tell you, in Canada if I wanted a sex change, I could walk in to a clinic and they’d start the proceedings off that very day. They’d give me 2-3 years of personal psychiatric supervision. They’d give me hormonal treatments every week for free. They’d give me the whole operation in 2 phases. Then they’d give me follow-ups with psychiatrists. The whole thing would cost maybe $10 million. But if I had a cancer starting or something really major, they put you on a waiting list here and you will be dead before they’ll ever get round to seeing you. You cannot mix politics and health together. It’s a political agenda that’s on track here. Political.
Jay: In reverse to this though, in the way that America is and the way that the majority of people in political power follow religious, you know, rites and you know, they express their religious beliefs; that’s why abortion is always such an issue. Sex change would be a massive issue in the United States. Like, as in they would probably go so far as to write it in, and actually they did with abortion, Obama had to stand up and say, okay abortion is not going to be covered, and therefore all the Christians, you know, stood up and cheered. So I mean, that would be something that probably wouldn’t go with this new health care.
Jake: And they also said that illegal aliens will not have health care.
Alan: Remember too, these characters always bring things in incrementally, little bit by little bit by little bit, until we’re there, and no one notices because we actually are there then. We always expect something to be immediate. These guys work in the Fabian system, little by little, little by little, and eventually you’re ready for the next phase. They will bring it in too, at the right time, after they’ve given you a few years of the basic medical care that we have, where you’ll never see the same doctor twice, he will not have any medical records on you, he won’t know you from Adam, and he won’t care either. All you’ll get here, it doesn’t matter what’s wrong with you, you walk out with a bottle of painkillers and that’s it, regardless of what’s wrong with you.
Jake: Even Obama early on was saying that the records had to be handled differently and that we have to streamline that process. I mean, that’s how the whole thing started coming about.
Sunny: And that’s what they want, the electronics medical records.
Jake: Correct. If you’re on vacation somewhere and you get in a car accident or somebody thinks you’re going nuts and your doctor knows that’s just the way you are, Sunny, and you’re in Nevada somewhere, you won’t get locked up. No, what I’m saying is, I mean, we could look at any point of view and make it sinister, make it look evil.
Alan: It’s not to make it look evil. What you have to do is look into the countries that already have it, they’re further ahead along with this United Nations World Health Organization system than you are, and look what’s happened to them. That’s where you will go, because we all must go… they’re standardizing the world. There’ll be no exceptions.
Jay: The success rate of organized health care in other countries is not favorable, in my opinion.
Alan: It’s awful. I mean, Canada here, the people die all the time. They can’t get treatment. As I say, you can’t get the same doctor twice. And you go into these scruffy little waiting rooms that have maybe got 50 people sitting there, like a factory, and you literally sit there with this stupid number there till your name’s called, a receptionist will shout out over the counter, what are you in for? Are you supposed to just explain in front of her, a receptionist, in front of all those people? I’m not kidding you. This is how they treat you.
Jake: At the same time I will say this though. I was an EMT and I’ve been in medical situations and emergency situations a lot. Even right now, though, that system is still in place. I mean, it isn’t any different from what you’re describing because I’ve actually been to emergency rooms where I’ve sat there with an injured friend and we eventually had to get up and leave and go to another hospital because we were just still sitting there, with holding our little number, you know, in the waiting room. I’ve seen lost records a million and one times. And I’ve actually seen this one, I had a friend that fell down some stairs and he broke his hand. I mean, his hand was swelling up and he was in horrible pain. We bring him in and he has to sit in front of somebody and show all this proof of identification and he has to prove the fact that he has insurance at that point in time or else they are not going to see him. So somebody who’s injured…
Christina: They can’t do that.
Jake: Yes, they do it. That’s the thing. They actually do it. They triage in a way and their form of triage is almost, you know…
Christina: My mom’s friend Kelly has no insurance and she’s went to the emergency room many times and they have taken her.
Jake: A lot of times they don’t do that. They are actually scared to do it. Now, we had a car accident, my wife and I had a car accident, a pretty bad one, and they brought her in on the ambulance. They took her but the only reason they took her is because I was there as her spouse to sit there and spout out all of her… and I had to show that card. They’re just like, do you have insurance? That was it. I wasn’t anything else other than, do you have insurance.
Jay: Even if you said you didn’t have insurance, they take you but you have to go through a process.
Jake: Correct.
Jay: Let me ask Alan this. Alan, right now you’re dealing with a situation where you’re in the middle of a country, I should say, that has socialized health care. Am I correct on that?
Alan: Yes. Oh, by the way, it was brought in by Tommy Douglas who’s a politician I think in Manitoba. He was a eugenicist. He was a member of the World Eugenics Society. He stated and I’ve read it on the air from his own writings. He said that socialized medicine eventually will go into family planning and it will take care of populations; I don’t want inferior people, inferior people shouldn’t live. That was the Fabian Socialist motto. And they brought this in here, and I’m not kidding you, when they’re on a roll to do with depopulation and at the same time they want to have charge of your health care, you should have the hair on the back of your head rising. Their goal eventually, through health care and through all the laws that are getting rammed through, all the time, is eventually, and I’ve read the articles from the big boys themselves saying that eventually they will be in charge of who will be permitted to breed and who will not be allowed to breed, and also, they want to bring in, down the road, mandatory sterilization for different people. They can’t do that unless they get socialized health care and government runs it. They can’t do it without it.
Jake: One of the other things, too, I wanted to tell you really quick here too, is that, you know, when me and my family have taken a trip to up north and we’ve noticed that health care clinics are like what we have, like corner stores here in the United States. In the United States you got little corner grocery stores at every corner. That’s how it was with these little health clinics. One person that I talked to that actually used to live up there basically told me, look, people go to the clinics for anything; You stub your toe, they’re there. Every little thing that we here in America, we just sit back and okay, put a Band-Aid on your toe and that’s it. These people, they actually will rush to the clinic and get care for that and that’s what delays everything. Now, based on your experience would you agree with that?
Alan: You’ll find that, there’s no doubt about it. But you also find that you cannot get on a list of a general practitioner. There’s people up where I live, right here, they’ve been here 14 years; that’s how long the waiting list is to get on a general practitioner. So you have no option but to go to these clinics.
Jay: The other side of it, Jim, the think that you were talking about, like those little clinics. They do that here.
Jim: Yeah. They do.
Jay: They do it in the emergency room. When you’re sitting there and you’ve got a broken hand and you’re pumping out blood, that’s why…
Jim: There were nowhere as many out there as there are here. There were way too many out there.
Jay: But the thing is, also right now, if you wanted control, if you wanted the lessers, or you know, the inferior people to not have health care, to not take care of their ailments, technically we’ve already got that in place because if they can’t afford it, obviously they can’t afford it, you know, because they don’t have any money, they don’t have a job, or they have a job that pays them minimum wage and they’d never be able to afford, you know, cancer treatment. Then also, not all their jobs provide adequate health care and insurances, so therefore we’re kind of weeding them out ahead of time too, even with the system that we have in place. So it’s kind of like, are you treating…
Alan: The government has another mandate all together. It’s not just to help the people. It’s so they’ll be in charge of the people AND the health AND—really, I’m not kidding you—reproductive abilities. That’s all part of it under the World Health Organization. They’ve talked about the necessity to very shortly start sterilizing peoples and deciding who should be able to breed and who should not be able to breed.
Sunny: Now Alan, who developed, and I’ve heard you talk about this. Who developed, like, Planned Parenthood and everything?
Alan: Well, Margaret Sanger was a beauty. You know, she called children weeds. She was a great admirer of Hitler and corresponded with him. She loved Stalin too. She was quite open about the whole agenda that they would bring in under the Fabian system of socialism, where only the fittest and those who are qualified to breed would be allowed to breed and the rest would have to die off. Julian Huxley was a good friend of hers too. Again, he was the first CEO of UNESCO for the United Nations and in his own book he said the same thing. He says, it will be hard to convince the people to get sterilized, we’ll have to find ways to do it either through their food, their water, or injections, he says, because they have more education than people of India therefore they’re suspicious, so we’ll have to do it through a more underhanded method basically, a stealthier method. And that’s in his own writings. And he was a big, big member of the World Health Organization. In fact, he got the biggest prize for the Eugenics Society for his various theories on how to run the coming society.
Jim: So if this does not go through, if they are not able to control the way the people are having children, how is it that we as a society in the United States are going to be able to support those who we know have children even though they are beyond their own means? As in, you have a family that is in poverty but they continually reproduce and have multiple children that they cannot afford to take care of, so therefore, where does that burden lie?
Alan: Here’s the key, here’s the key with the United States system, as opposed to everyone else’s system. And I’ve heard arguments before to do with murders and suspicions of murder and so on, where someone said, is it better to let this person go because of this final lack of proof, or allow it to go on the books and charge them and therefore everyone else can be charged along with them that does something even remotely similar. Plus you have the separation of government, which doesn’t exist anymore as far as I can see from here. In other words, you don’t do collective punishment because of a few. If someone goes and shoots someone you don’t disarm the whole country, because someone will shoot at someone else, maybe once a week or something across the country. You cannot…
Jim: But we do have the issue where we do have way too many children. I mean, we have…
Sunny: Are you a part of the illuminati?
Jim: No, I’m not part of the illuminati. And I’m not trying to sound like that.
Jay: No, but you are right. You are right. And this is what it comes down to man, is the fact that we have a population problem in this country. We have people that live in poverty that continue to reproduce irresponsibly.
Jim: Irresponsibly?
Jay: We need to do something. They don’t have health care. They don’t have jobs and often times they don’t have the ability to get jobs. So we’re screwed either way. You’re paying for it either through taxes or you pay for it through the immorality of abortion. The price has to be paid by someone somehow.
Jake: I’ve heard, Jim, I’ve heard you say that and I’ve heard other people like my friend Matt, that aren’t republicans, that completely reject that socialist propaganda because that means that everybody has to take care of everybody else, we’re all one people, and they don’t want to do that. They don’t want to do that. They don’t want to take care of those people that are being irresponsible. It’s a delicate matter, it is. And I do not believe, Alan, and I want to stress this. I do not believe that, you know, crowd control as if we were cattle is the correct answer. But there are things that need to be done and they’ve got to be very delicately done.
Alan: What I was saying was though, is you can’t look at one, say, area of society and use that to mandate laws over everyone else. See, that’s the key to everything. That’s how you lose freedom after freedom after freedom. That’s what they used in the Soviet Union. It was called collective punishment.
Jake: Unfortunately, that is something that the United States has done. One small situation has basically created a whole new set of laws that everybody needs to follow. We’ve done it.
Alan: That’s right. Even with the terrorism bill. I mean, supposedly it was a guy in a cave somewhere in Afghanistan and then the next day they’re checking little old white ladies with no turbans on at the crossings, at the borders here. I mean, it was nothing to do, obviously, with the Middle East. This was a preplanned idea for totalitarian government. And that’s what we’re going into rapidly, totalitarianism. Lenin said this would happen at the beginning of his reign. In fact he said, that eventually, towards the end of the millennium he said too. He said, eventually there’ll be so many agencies in the United States, social agencies that started off as services because you’ll come under the government authority, that there’ll be so many of them they’ll be tripping over each other’s toes and stepping on each other’s territory and fighting amongst themselves over authority over the people. And that’s where we are today.
Jim: Alan, I appreciate all the information you provide. So I mean, that’s definitely some useful information. And I mean, I agree in some sense. I think once you give a little they’re going to just continue to take more and more.
Alan: Yes!
Jim: That’s just how it works.
Jake: So we’re looking at people, we’re talking about people.
Sunny: It doesn’t matter.
Matt: I have no problem helping a fellow brother in need, absolutely, but they also have to be responsible too.
Jake: But then how do you regulate that, Jim? How do you regulate it?
Jim: You’re always going to have bottom feeders in the system, no matter what system you set up.
Matt: Okay, so don’t kill them off, but I mean, things like licensing, I mean, it sounds horrible. I mean, all this stuff really does sound horrible.
Jim: How do you do that?
Matt: But no, you’re right. Listen, listen, listen… the whole idea here is that you have to make some kind of a choice. You have people that are irresponsible in their reproductive values that are continuing to generate children. If you don’t find some way to take care of them… you’re always going to have poverty. You’re always going to have children that are living in squalor and sickness. And yeah, you know, we can all say we know people that probably shouldn’t reproduce. Maybe sterilization really is an answer. You’re not killing people, but sterilizing them. You’re controlling a population that’s continually out of control. Maybe that’s something that you really should consider realistically.
Jim: Matt, in Mexico if a young girl comes in pregnant they’ll give her an abortion. What I’m saying is the doctor will just go ahead and make the decision to fix her, snip her.
Matt: I just think you cannot continue to ignore the problem that continues to grow every year and it’s getting to the point now where obviously it’s become a very divisive controversial subject. But I think we need to address it at some point, because you cannot continue to ignore the elephant in the room.
Jim: Right. Absolutely. And I agree with that. Well, Alan, I want to thank you for taking the time to join us again tonight. It’s always a pleasure having you on and the invitation is always open and we hope to do it again. One thing I wanted to ask you here is, tell us a little about some of the books you’ve got going here.
Alan: I’ve got a series of Cutting Through books where I go into some of the histories of this system, the con game I call it, that’s gone on down through the centuries by a ruling elite who understand human nature, having studied it for thousands of years. Also, in the second one, I’ve got Waiting For the Miracle which goes into the ancient histories too, of the banking system, how they took over countries, and then forced them off to war with other countries, building empires, much like Britain did, and then getting countries into debt and forcing them, again, to go into wars with other countries. Building bigger and bigger empires until they come to the world empire, which they’re at now; this is what it’s all about. It’s a world empire. And just to finish off what you were talking about there, the countries that didn’t have segments of society overbreeding, in the Western countries, they had their floodgates opened up to immigration to make that same problem happen, because they must have the same problems in every country to bring in the world government. And they’re saying, well this is worldwide now. They didn’t have that in Britain. The British people from the ’30s onwards were having no more than 2 children, often only 1, because their government had told them so in 1920. Margaret Thatcher opened the door, mainly from India, and she says, we’re not breeding enough children now to pay off the national debt, we have to bring in masses of immigration. Well in came the immigration, in came a lot of the problems too, and that’s exactly what they wanted. It was the problems they want and then they say, look there’s too many people living in the cities now, there’s too many of you. Meanwhile, they still keep the floodgates open to massive immigration to make sure we all get the message, oh there’s too many of you. Because the agenda is, and this is why you can’t sterilize any segment of the population. Once the government has the right to decide who gets sterilized, what’s next when you get laid off your work?
Jake: Yep. You’re absolutely right Alan.
Jim: Well, ladies and gentleman, we’ve had with us Alan Watt. His web site again is cuttingthroughthematrix.com. As always, we’ll continue to have the link up there so you can join in. Just so you can share with our listeners, when will your next show be?
Alan: I’m on 5 nights a week on RBN at 8pm eastern time.
Jim: We’re really good friends with them too. We’ve had a couple of other shows, John Stadtmiller and so forth from RBN, so great network. I encourage everybody to check out his web site. If anybody’s got any question for Alan or if you can’t find his site for any reason, feel free to email us and we’ll direct you that way too. Well, Alan, like I said, it’s been a pleasure having you on and we hope to do it again, and I wish you all the best, and good luck with the show. Thanks again.
Alan: Thanks for having me on and I’ve had a good time. It’s a good show.
Matt: Alan, I have one more question real quick. What should we do now, now that we know the truth on what these maniacal psychopaths want to do with us? They want to kill us off. What should we do? What do you suggest?
Alan: Well I’ll tell you, this is a delicate subject to say on air so I’ll phrase it in a certain way. The elite have made no bones about what they want to do with the rest of the world. It’s out in the mainstream media, Optimum Population Trust, Prince Charles backing them. They have unelected members on the British government’s parliamentary body advising them on population reduction and so on, and means to do it, etc, etc, etc, the totally planned society, the controlled society. These guys literally mean business. They mean what they say. And I cannot see any negotiating with them at all. This is a new world order. It’s a NEW world order, a new system and it’s post-democratic. That’s what they say at the Club of Rome, one of the big think tanks. Post-democratic, democracy is too cumbersome, for them at the top, to get the agenda through therefore they’ve bypassed it and they’ve gone through democracy and we’re post-democratic. If we don’t do something with these guys soon, believe you me, they will eradicate us. There’s no doubt about it. They’ve given us enough information from the United Nations and from all their big think tanks and their major media publications as to where they’re going to take us as a society, of massive depopulation, forced depopulation, etc. And by the way, I mean, they’re now in charge of all of your food. They have been poisoning you all along with your food, with the inoculations, and stuff in your water. Arthur Koester, another guy who worked at the United Nations wrote a book on it, The Ghost in the Machine. He says, we are finding ways to lobotomize that part of the brain that makes you an individual, once that’s eliminated, eradicated, you’ll be a happy person, content, and he says, you’ll cause the system no trouble. THAT’S the sort of things they’re working on and published by guys who work on these projects. He says, we can put it in the water, through inoculations, or in their food. Well, guess what? They’re doing all of it. These guys mean business. Politics is just a front; that’s all politics is. It’s a complete front, when all the top guys are picked in advance at the Bilderberger meetings; they’re all members of the Council on Foreign Relations regardless of what party they belong to at the top. Professor Carroll Quigley documented that so well in Tragedy and Hope. So we’re not run by any kind of democracy, but we are run by a definite preplanned agenda, a world agenda, and people must go into the United Nations and look at Agenda 21 for the 21st century. They must look into the think tanks put out by the US military and the British military; I have them up on my archives section of my web site. 90-page reports on what they see for the future, massive rioting starting in 2010, food shortages because they have 5 agri-businesses controlling your entire food supply now; they’re going to use food as a weapon. They’re going to have flash mobs. And they even say, that in the Western hemisphere they will be using neutron bombs, literally battlefield neutron bombs, on mass demonstrations in the future. These guys mean business and we better get to work and you better be prepared to deal with business, because, to be honest with you, they’re ruthless at the top. I cannot see any negotiation.
Jim: Well, there you go folks. For more information visit his web site, cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Alan, again, thank you. It’s been our pleasure. We always love having you on. Like I said, we hope to do it again in the future.
Alan: Thanks for having me.
Jim: Alright, thank you. Have a good night.
Alan: Take care.
The Case for Killing Granny
Rethinking end-of-life care.
By Evan Thomas | NEWSWEEK / Published Sep 12, 2009
My mother wanted to die, but the doctors wouldn’t let her. At least that’s the way it seemed to me as I stood by her bed (A: It’s written like a soap opera. I wonder who in Hollywood wrote it for them.)
Again, it’s all to get US used to the idea that this is inevitable. You will no longer live a certain amount of years and then die in your bed. You should really be thinking about getting bumped off once you’re retired. Then you’re saving the world. By the way, you won’t be using all that carbon or breathing it out either, that CO2 once you’re dead. See, you’re helping the world by giving your life. Sacrifice has always been a great part of this high religion, as long as it’s others that get sacrificed. Quite something.
I’ll go to a caller now. There’s Alan in England. Are you there Alan?
Alan (England): Hello. Hi, Alan it’s Alan. Alan calling from Devon. How are you doing?
Alan: Not so bad.
Alan (England): I haven’t rung in for a while. If you remember, I’ve called in but not for some time. Both of us were in the music business. I did ring in before. Let me get straight to the point. On topic, there is this Liverpool NHS [National Health Service] deal going on that the Laurouch people have been reporting widely, Prince Charles backed idea that’s going through the NHS.
Alan: That’s ‘the pathway,’ they call it.
Alan (England): That’s right. There are some very strange things going on here in, what do you want to call it… Britain, UK, I don’t know, EU. Have you heard of a group called Common Purpose?
Alan: Yes I have. Common Purpose. They’re an incredibly well-funded group. They have infiltrators in the military high positions and the police, which is illegal actually, but they have permission. They are also run by the Royal Institute of International Affairs and they use their same techniques.
Alan (England): That’s right. Have you heard of TPUC. These are good guys. The People’s United Congress, the work of John Harris and others. They’re a new web site, I think. They’ve only been up and running a couple of years. What they’re doing most importantly is they are helping people to understand the difference between common law and statutory law which is very important I think. It goes back to the Article 61, The Magna Carta, 1215 ad. It’s all to do with lawful rebellion and sovereignty and so forth. That’s very important information. Other people like Ian Crane are also doing lectures like this. So there’s lots of good news going on here. There’s lots of paradigm shifts going on with people becoming more and more aware, particularly here. I know you’re in Canada, is that right?
Alan: Yes.
Alan (England): There are lots of really good grass roots things going on here. I think they’re going on in America as well. So that is the good news. I wondered if you had heard of Common Purpose because in my area, I know that over 70,000 pounds of tax payer’s money has been used for this very insidious source of training of these elite groups and how to be leaders in the EU state and all the rest of it.
Alan: What you’ll find is the tie in with the Fabian Society and the Royal Institute of International Affairs. The Fabian Society said they would get to a time when they would take over through infiltration of all organizations AND governmental organizations and civic organizations with a particular group which they said then they would CHOOSE AND TRAIN the FUTURE LEADERS they will present to run not just Britain but the world. That’s exactly what Common Purpose does. They bypass all traditional government organizations but they USE governments. That tells you from the very top they’ve been given permission because they can actually use tax money to get their agenda through. They’re all for the EU. They’re all for having the world run by an educated elite.
Alan (England): Mobilization or what they call… is the same as empire, really.
Alan: That’s right.
Alan (England): I just thought your listeners might be interested. If there’s anyone listening from Europe, check out TPUC in England. TPUC.org, they’re doing fantastic work. It’s to do with common law as opposed to statutory law. I’m going to get off the phone because I think that you can give us a bit more information about the difference between when you’re… for example, if you’re addressed by a police officer and you’re going in the dark… military sort of maritime law, going into the dark, and that sort of stuff. I’m sure you know all about it so I just wanted to make that point. These are very important things that we can turn things around with so we’ve got to think positive and get people educated, which is what you’ve been doing for years. But if we can do that, then… There’s already very, very big signs Alan, that that’s changing. I go into the pubs in England even though they’re empty because of the smoking apartheid law. Nonetheless, people are really now talking, beginning to wake up to all the scams and the frauds and everything that’s going on, because it’s affecting them in their pockets.
Alan: It’s going to affect them a lot more when they come through with the next G20 and the complete personal carbon tax, believe you me.
Alan (England): Well, I know but let’s see what the Chinese do and what they do with the petrodollar and all this. Let’s see what they do. Let’s see. We have to wait and see. But people need to… the whole idea is to educate people. The common law thing is a very big thing because I think it applies to all of the, of course it applies to all of the British Empire countries. Is it 52 countries? Whatever it is. If people understand those basic things, they can also understand their basic rights. Then they can take that to the voting box and make sure that there’s no fraud and take it from there. You know, from the ground up… as they say. Okay. Nice to talk to you. I hope the wee dog’s fine.
Alan: He’s doing well.
Alan (England): Thanks for having me. Cheers.
Alan: Bye now.
It’s important too. It’s not a matter of losing hope. It’s a matter of the more you learn the more you can put out there and you can win your argument by giving correct, verifiable information. That’s the key to everything. There’s no doubt about it, these insidious groups are well funded, well funded. Common Purpose literally came out of nowhere and by the time it was discovered, it had infiltrated just about everything, even all the way to Ireland. It’s pushing for this EU totalitarian state AND saying that they’re training the future leaders that will be presented to the public. I believe them. I believe that’s true. You’ll have completely indoctrinated children who are picked, selected for their ability to be indoctrinated. True believers, little fascists and we can’t have that. We can’t have that anywhere in the world. We can’t have it at all.
Alan: There’s Karen from Oregon. Are you the Karen?
Karen: Good evening Alan. It’s always a pleasure to talk to you. You are such a happy guy and you deliver the good news. Actually, I really appreciate all the work that you do. It is difficult, to say the least, to do all the research. I have a question for you about the flu scam and nongovernmental organizations. Dr. Rima Laibow and her husband who are very against this flu shot and have web sites and stuff, belong to an NGO. They’re funded by an NGO. Do you know anything about that?
Alan: I don’t to be honest with you. I do know – I’m not saying they are – but I do know that there IS a lot of controlled and funded opposition to every, EVERY major thing in this world to make sure… That’s how it works. The public sit back thinking, they’re doing it all for us, we can sit back and let it roll. But I can’t say anything about this one because I haven’t looked into it.
Karen: Is it possible that some NGOs are actually taking the money and working against the new world order?
Alan: What I’ve noticed before, is most NGOs come out saying all the right things but they end up being affiliated with the United Nations. That’s your first clue that it’s a setup. When you become affiliated and accept the United Nations and you agree to sit on their board as an NGO, it also means – and they tell you this – YOU MUST ACCEPT ALL OF THEIR MANDATES as well. So that means you’re utterly compromised. You can not be compromised. So you have to see if they’re actually affiliated with the United Nations or not.
Karen: On their main page it does say that they are an NGO and that sent up warning signs even though they are very loudly speaking against Codex Alimentarius. Also Dr. Ian Crane who I think your last caller mentioned as well was against it, has made remarks that seem to question just exactly what side they are on.
Alan: It’s very possible. You’d really have to see who their co-sponsors are. They generally have it on their sites. People will say who their cosponsors are, where their funding comes from, who their affiliates are. But definitely look in to see if they’re recognized by the United Nations.
Karen: I will do that.
Alan: I tell you something people forget. A while ago a guy came out. I think it was Dr. Horowitz, his name was. He churned out one book after another – it was very suspicious I thought – kind of mixed with the New Age and the coming new world order and all that kind of stuff. He went all over the Patriot Radio and he was a star wherever he went. Then he got knighted by the Knights of Columbus after that. Then he belonged to an organization, I think it was him, affiliated with the United Nations to do with the demilitarization of space. We had the same thing with the guy who first came out with the HAARP, Dr. Nick Begich, and he was pushed by CBC Canada. That’s the BBC owned by the government. They launched him. No one had heard of him before. He became the instant expert on HAARP technology. They actually showed you interviews with people who worked at HAARP, the main character, and they showed you the aerial photographs for the first time. Then he was made into a Patriot star. The next thing you knew, he belongs to a United Nations organization and he becomes the head of the deweaponization of space, which is like 60 years too late. So, I’ve watched this for years, the controlled opposition. I’m always very careful of people who are LAUNCHED as stars.
Karen: Actually today, Dr. Horowitz was on Alex Jones and he had a lawsuit connecting the Rockefellers to the flu scam. I do understand what you mean because on the web site fluscam.com, he does have… he’s got ideas about channeling energy.
Alan: That’s right. Healing energies and good vibrations, I call them, like the Beach Boys song.
Karen: We could all use more of those. But our essence is energy, so some of that to me makes sense. I try to be open to different points of view because we definitely aren’t going down the right path now. I think part of it is because we don’t acknowledge the essence that runs through all of us, our equality. We’ve been so suppressed for generations due to the lie of inequality because those in power recognize that we would intrinsically, instinctively know that we belong to something greater, that we’re part of something greater. So if they could label it and give us books and rules and regulations and put us against each other, they could remain in power.
Alan: I’m very suspicious of people who are basically using Cabalistic methods, mixing with the new age to get people on board and then have odd affiliates behind them. I’ve watched this for years and years. I can even remember when Colonel Bo Gritz was put out. He was on Patriot Radio station for years. He used to say that he had hip-pocket orders from the Pentagon, which was like him saying that he was still under their orders. He roped in thousands of patriots’ names and even was telling them where to apply to get a US military weapon because in the militia you’re all entitled to a weapon or rifle or something. So he had all the names and addresses. Right after 9/11 happened – it was shown in Canada – he was on television on the steps of the Congress going up there and he said he was going to talk to the Congressmen. He says, ‘This was probably caused by those crazy right-wing militias who bombed the tower.’ That’s what he said. ‘Who see black helicopters and stuff like that and listen to shortwave patriot radio.’ I thought, here’s the guy who didn’t tell the audience just now, that he RAN that side for the patriot radio for 4 or 5 years. You’ve got to be very, very careful, very careful because I’ve watched this for years.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. We’ll try Alex in Toronto. Are you there Alex?
Alex: Hi Alan. I’ve been listening to your program for some time now and you’ve woken me up and I love listening to your program. Yet, I’ve come to believe as you’ve mentioned in the past that this is not a mass enlightened movement. That the elites will probably have their way. All I have to do really is put myself in their shoes and when I do that it’s scary because I become an elite myself.
Alan: I understand what you mean. When you understand how THEY view the world, as opposed to how the bottom view it.
Alex: That’s right. That really scared me. I’m really, I become in favor of my own demise because I’m at the bottom myself. What I want to ask you is that, I have this knowledge. I’m one of these base people at the bottom. I want to really know, is there any merit in knowing all this information if – and I really truly believe this – that nothing can be done? I see myself in their position and then I’m like, there’s no way this war can be won.
Alan: You’re correct that these guys are totalitarian. They’ve always been totalitarian. They have given us our reality. They’ve done a damn good job of making sure… We’re now conditioned at this stage we are for the next part of reality which they’re now introducing to us. They used to say we’re despondent and oh, life’s pretty cheap anyway and so on. And you’re right except, as I say, the one thing that they need is always THE COOPERATION OF THE PEOPLE. It doesn’t have to be ALL of the people. They’d like it to be all of the people but they’re scared of the small minority who can speak logic and facts to the rest and – I’m not joking – it’s just like “The King has no clothes.” You can snap people out of this spell if you present it in a correct way to them for the first time. It doesn’t take much. Most people overdo it. They overdo it and you lose them. You just hit them at a few points like a boxer and you walk away and they’re reeling because you’ve broken through for them. They’ll never see the world again. It’s a MINORITY that always changes the course of the world. You can only do it through knowledge and telling people, ‘Do you realize there’s nothing they can do to you without our cooperation?’ There’s nothing at all, without cooperation. If the public could just understand that, enough of the public understand that, they could NOT go around arresting you ALL. They can’t do it. Apart from that, we have no option. They have declared WAR on us. This is what all this is about with this carbon stuff and too many people. They’re telling us that it’s a full-scale war ON the population of the planet. Not only the population, it’s all you lesser types – that’s how they say it to you – the lesser types who haven’t made it to the top and you’re not in the academic field, the scientific field so you’ll be useful to them, therefore, you’re the junk genes. They’re telling us in no uncertain terms with all these articles I’m reading here, that’s really what they’re telling us. But they need our cooperation to go along with it. Now, it’s true we’ve been running backwards since we were born, through the indoctrination and the follow-up of incredible media campaigns and the entertainment industry to convince us through fiction and mainly nonfictional works, emotive types of responses and conditioning, that we are less then useless. We’re just another animal. We’re not really special after all. Well, if that’s the case, neither are the elite and they have no more right to tell us non-special people how to live. We have to tell them. We have to tell them to get off our backs. That’s what we have to tell them.
Alex: Alan, with the knowledge you give me, I see a really challenging future ahead for myself.
Alan: You’ve got it.
Alex: You got to speak out and do all those things. It’s going to be a rough road.
Alan: It will be rough but you can certainly do it. You can do it.
Alex: Thank you Alan.
Alan: Thanks too. I’d rather know what’s going on than be ignorant and watch teen idol or something like that.
Well, from Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Sept. 22, 2009
Alan Watt on The Patrick Timpone Show
Broadcast on oneradionetwork.com
Patrick Timpone: This morning, a gentleman who we enjoy talking with. He’s a deep thinker, a deep researcher into all things geopolitical and spiritual matters. His name is Alan Watt. His main website is cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Mr. Watt hangs out in Ontario, Canada. Alan Watt, how are you this morning? Good Morning.
Alan Watt: Good Morning. Yeah, I’m not bad at all.
Patrick: Well, good. And is winter beginning to set in up there yet?
Alan: I sometimes wonder if winter ever left. June and July it rained every single day, as it did last year too, but we get a lot of aerial spraying up here by aircraft, zigzagging across the sky for weather manipulation, so it goes hand in glove with it basically.
Patrick: You’re not experiencing any global warming up there or anything?
Alan: No. It’s actually the opposite. It’s definitely the cooling phase I’m going through here.
Patrick: Yeah, we talked to Mitch Batros and you know he said the last two years the earth has actually been cooling.
Alan: Well, now they’ve come out at the top, the ones who are pushing for this. You see, the whole earth changes idea, is to bring the planet under control of an authority. That’s really what it’s for. The Club of Rome is a big think tank that all the other lesser think tanks use. And The Club of Rome, back in the ’70s came up with the idea of how to unite the planet under one central government, the United Nations. And they said that we only obey authority and allow freedoms to be taken away under the guise of warfare. We all work together towards a common cause. So they’d have to find a war scenario. And in a global society, when you run out of enemies, where do you find the enemies? Well, man would be against the planet. Now, they wrote this in their own book, the two founders of The Club of Rome, who belong to all the big societies, like the Royal Institute on International Affairs, CFR. They said, they came up with the idea of global warming so man was the enemy of the planet, so that would fit the bill. That’s the words they used. That would fit the bill.
Patrick: So, that’s so interesting, so as they create a brand name like terrorism or whatever, to have something to fight, then they can create an enemy in the planet. Then you have something to fight.
Alan: So there’s too many people, we’re hearing this now. There’s too many people. We’ve got to have an authority to decide who can breed and who can’t breed. It’s the old eugenics program, going way back to Darwin and then followed by Nietzsche and Superman and the Fabian Society.
Patrick: And who are these Club of Rome people?
Alan: Club of Rome, they call themselves the premier think tank. They come up with the ideas to steer and guide the future and advise governments. So, they look ahead, fifty, a hundred, two hundred years, even longer. And they hit on the ideas. Then they pass it on to the other think tanks and round table societies, who have to implement the ways of getting this into the people’s minds, through media, propaganda, movies, novels, and so on.
Patrick: How do they, Alan Watt, where do they get all of their power or influence at the Club of Rome?
Alan: Well, you’ll find that in the world, there’s maybe about a dozen, maximum, major foundations, who fund hundreds and hundreds of other foundations as front groups. The foundations, they call themselves philanthropists, philanthropic groups. And they’re run by the richest people on the planet, like the Rockefellers, you know the Ford Foundation, Carnegie, is all really run by the Rockefellers now. They took it over. You’ll find that in Britain too, you have the Rothschilds, the bankers in other words. They call themselves the parallel government. And Professor Carroll Quigley talked about it in Tragedy and Hope. He said that democracy, this is what the Club of Rome said too, that democracy was too cumbersome. The people have too many demands. There’s too many conflicting, antagonistic parties. And therefore they’d have to bypass democracy by a parallel government, made up of ex-prime ministers, ex-presidents across the world, who all know each other, and they join the club when they leave the presidency. They join this club, like Bill Clinton. And Margaret Thatcher talked about it. She said, I now belong to the parallel government, which is the real government. And they get the job done. And the idea, as the Club of Rome said, is to bring us through a post-democratic system, into a collectivist society. Now, collectivism is a nice term for what we saw in the Soviet Union, where you have a central body at the top, that is responsible for doling out and dishing out the food, to the public. Your life is run from birth to grave, basically by central committees, appointed from the top. That’s the kind of society. They call it a tidy society. They don’t like this, having rights, and free will idea. It’s just too untidy for them.
Patrick: Yeah. Too untidy, right?
Alan: Yes.
Patrick: Well, can one say then that we really have, let’s see, a New World Order, or I don’t know, whatever that means, or a One World Government now, if this parallel government has been around for some time and kind of running the show. They’ve chosen presidents for a very long time, haven’t they?
Alan: They’ve chosen them. According to Professor Quigley, who was the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations.
Patrick: Oh, he was.
Alan: He was the official historian, because they update their own records. And it was interesting that it was Zimmerman, who introduced him. Zimmerman was the historian before him. Zimmerman was the right-hand man of Winston Churchill. He was also a World Communist. And he handed it over to Quigley. Quigley updated all their records. He fills in all the reasons for the wars, etc, in history for the last couple of hundred years, which is left out of the school books. And he also said that this parallel government, in the 1960s, when he wrote his book, Tragedy and Hope, and the other book, the Anglo-American Establishment. You have to get both, really. He said this parallel government had already picked the presidents of all parties, picked the presidents of the United States for the last 60 years. So you’re going back into the early 1900s.
Patrick: Oh, I see. If you’d like to join the show, you’re certainly welcome to do so, with Alan Watt. It is 888-663-6386. Email: patrick@oneradionetwork.com. So these twelve foundations, Alan Watt that really are, they’re the centerpiece of this parallel government, can we say? And can you tell us some of those? And would we recognize their names?
Alan: Yes, you can do a search. I have it on my website in my archives section, a list of all the major foundations. Now most of them are simply fronts, specialized fronts, for the dozen or so major foundations, the big ones, the multi-trillion dollar ones, who fund them for specialized purposes. For instance, some will deal socially with social topics on a certain area, a specific area. One of their big things for a long time has been for what they call family planning across the planet, which is really depopulation. That’s always been part of it, because the elite have always been terrified that too many of what they think are the lesser types will breed and outbreed the elite types. This is stated in their own records if you go back far enough, into the eugenics society. There’s lots of information on that. And they’ve never changed their goal. In fact, old Rockefeller is 94, and he’s still going around the world, and he’s up on youtube giving talks about the need to drastically depopulate across the planet. And that’s always been part of their agenda.
Patrick: So the idea of the depopulation or the eugenics idea is that they don’t want the unwashed masses to, just to get too feisty or too big in stature to maybe overturn them someday.
Alan: Definitely. They’ve always been terrified of losing their power, their control, so the best way to do it, is simply to depopulate and keep them down to a manageable level, but they’re going beyond that. They want to bring us into what they call a transhumanist society, then post-human, where they can literally clone better types of servants and workers, and that’s why our tax money, apart from bailing out the bankers, is also going into this tremendous research into cloning. It’s not because they want a fit, happy population that’s very healthy. It’s because they want a healthy population that are good slaves basically, and can’t think for themselves.
Patrick: But I’m curious about the ultimate goal or motive behind, say, owning all the gold, having palatial places, and total control of the entire world with just kind of drone, you know, drones, Alan Watt, walking around. What would be the satisfaction or pleasure or accomplishment in that? It doesn’t, somehow that doesn’t make sense to me. I mean, do you know what I’m saying? It’s like, why would that be, why would that be pleasurable to people?
Alan: Well, you’re not dealing with just ordinary people that you know and meet and so on. You’re dealing with people who are brought up from birth with a completely different world view. They see things from a completely different side. They’re in on the know from a very early age. They know they’re different, number one. They know that they have incredible power. They know that they can never tell the ordinary people the scams that are pulled over the ordinary people in order to control them and move them into the next stage or phase of the Great Society, as they sometimes term it. They can’t come out and tell us outright that they want a lot of us just to simply stop breeding. They have published in their own books, especially back in the early 1900s, that they want the right to say who will breed and who will not breed. That’s always been a big thing.
Patrick: So, can we say then, are you suggesting that there’s a deeper kind of, let’s use the term, spiritual ideal with maybe secret societies and where they’re doing this because they’re thinking at the long term that this is going to fulfill something for them in the future, maybe in the next life or something, and this is their job, and they’ve been chosen to do this. That kind of thing?
Alan: There’s no doubt that in these families, tradition is something they often couch it in. They have their family traditions. And they’re tremendously proud of their ancestry. If you go into the nobility of Britain, and you look at the genealogies, the standard genealogies of the elite of even the ancient world of selective, very special mating. They mate with power. They don’t mate with someone they simply fall head over heels with, that’s the last thing they think about.
Patrick: Like in the days of kings and queens and stuff.
Alan: Yes. So you marry power and what you’re doing is marrying certain traits. Now, people in ancient times who got to the top and slaughtered and took over with their families, and were put up to be kings or princes or whatever, they tend to be very ruthless people. Very cunning, but ruthless. In other words, so they’re psychopathic by nature. And if you go into the religions, the ancient religions too, they’re basically pantheistic in a sense. And when you understand pantheism, the whole idea…
Patrick: Many gods? Is that what that means, many gods?
Alan: What it is in pantheism, and it’s couched in the mysteries. All the mysteries down through the ages are the same mystery. It’s couched. You’ll get a good example in for instance, Egypt, where they had all these different deities. In other words you have specialized deities for specialized functions. You’ll find this even in say the Old Testament, if you go into the Old Testament as well. You get many, many clues of different deities, specialized over certain areas of human life, or nature. And in Egypt eventually, the real higher religion that the nobility already understood, was brought out by Akhenaten who said that all these deities are really, really one deity. They’re like special parts of the same deity. So pantheism in an extent has always had this fight between both beliefs combined into one. The ordinary people like to have special deities. I’m in trouble in this way, therefore I need this deity to help me out, for drought or something.
Patrick: Right. Even in the Catholic Church, I grew up in the Catholic Church years ago, Alan Watt. And they would have special kinds of saints to help you find something, or I don’t know. There were all these different kind of people that had specialized in helping you with a particular problem.
Alan: That’s correct. And they did take a lot of the old paganism into the Catholic Church because the early church wanted converts, and they had to relate to the people who knew paganism. In fact, you’ll find a lot of the Catholic saints really were just directly taken straight from paganism, and brought up to date for Christianity.
Patrick: Here’s an email from Steve in South Carolina. Please ask Alan Watt if the Club of Rome that he has mentioned has any connection with the Vatican, and how does the Vatican play out in the New World Order kind of One World Government.
Alan: Well, the Vatican, we have to remember in every major player’s writings or books, or their biographies, they’ll always mention at the top, I’m talking about world leaders and so on, the real movers and shakers, they always mention that religion is very important for controlling the public. And they’ve mentioned the Catholic Church, and that they wouldn’t just destroy the Catholic Church, they’d have to use it, because, why destroy something that already leads millions of people across the planet? So you use it. And we’ve seen the changes of the Catholic Church, that was a political, religious power for many, many centuries. We must remember this. And it was ruthless to its enemies, and it did have enemies. It had enemies even in the Middle Ages, that tried to take over and replace the Catholic Church, the Cathars and Albigensians, the Bogomils. They were all the same people with pagan ideas, that the people thought were eradicated. They thought they’d died off a thousand years prior to that, but here they are, they turn up in Europe, and they actually had their secret societies that became the Rosicrucians, and then became Freemasonry as we know it today.
Patrick: What is your opinion about the Bible? The origins of the Bible? When it was written, who wrote it, and its significance in our culture? Because it seems like it sure gets a lot of credibility wherever you go.
Alan: It’s credibility, because within it, like all religions, they’ll take in philosophies that have to make sense to people in some areas. Everything that they want you into must make sense to bring you in, and then you find a lot of stuff that doesn’t make sense but you’re supposed to take it on faith. And that’s where the con is always. When you can’t understand something there’s something else going on. So they used to couch it under philosophies. Now, in ancient times, definitely in the Middle Eastern areas, you had these, again, pagan societies. And the idea was, whenever you were in trouble, you would call down a deity, but you had to go to a priest to call down a special deity that knew its name and how to bind it to use it for a particular purpose.
Patrick: You needed an intermediary kind of thing.
Alan: Yes. You needed the guy who knew the formula. He knew how to keep safe from the deities. The whole idea with the genie in the bottle, out would come the genie, and the genie would try to outsmart you, so you had to get its name. You find the same thing in the Old Testament. There’s lots of little clues in the Old Testament. Now, the Old Testament really is there to give you a system which you don’t question. It simply tells you how it is. In the Old Testament, if you understand it, even in Genesis people get confused. They say, you know, there’s two beginnings here. There’s man, and God creates man and woman, in his perfect image creates he them. And then it’s almost as though he forgot that, and then they go on to the creation of Adam and Eve. Well, in the high of religion there is only two kinds of beings on the planet, there’s man and there’s animals, and Adam and Eve would be in amongst the animals.
Patrick: Amongst the animals?
Alan: Yeah. And that’s part, that’s why you have two beginnings in Genesis. So the clue is in the perfection. God created man and woman, in his perfect image created he them. They were perfect. In other words, they were like a complete clone of the deity with power. Then it said, but there was no one to till the soil, so then he created Adam.
Patrick: Well, who was behind the whole biblical movement in the writing of it, and really pushing it over the years as being the book?
Alan: Well, everything is pushed, remember by power, money. Money is what pushes every idea across the public. Your whole culture now is dependent upon those who have the money and media, and they put money towards causes, charitable causes like religions, etc. That’s always been the way of it. And if you understand, as I say, that power, to have power and maintain power, you must have control of the minds of the public, so you must give out a religion for all ages. Even Gorbachev, Mikhail Gorbachev who runs one of the big movements towards environmentalism, and depopulation, and the happy planet idea, has said in his own books, one of them was called Towards a New Civilization. He said, I am an atheist, he said, but, then he says, we, we, meaning the people involved in this global structure, we are creating a new world religion for the world, and it must be based on a form of Earth Worship. Well, this is the whole greening idea the children in school are getting brainwashed into. You’re only part of the planet. We’re all one big whole combination idea. This is what they’re creating for the future, and it’s backed by all the big bankers, all the philanthropic organizations, foundations. Where the money is, is how your future is going to be, and that’s what you’re going to believe.
Patrick: But in general, the greening of the planet, I mean, do you consider that a negative thing if people are using more creative energy in?
Alan: Well, if you were to believe that that was their purpose.
Patrick: I see.
Alan: You understand, these guys have always been liars and they’ve never told the public the truth or the real reasons. If you look at the Soviet idea, let’s take the Soviet system. Now, remember, collectivism is what they based it on. Where a special elite at the top pretend to dish out the materials of production to the public, you know. And all the public pretend to work for the state, and the state pretends to pay you. You see, that’s the whole idea of the big con. The idealism is what grabs people off like a religion for a Utopia, but it’s never what they claim it’s going to be. It’s really a drab, dreary system, where you’re terrified you’re going to get hauled off to a gulag somewhere. This never changes.
Patrick: It’s gone on since the beginning of time, hasn’t it?
Alan: Yes. Now what they’ve always wanted at the top is the right, you see, that was the guise, of a small elite to hold not only the means of production, under the pretense of holding it for the world, but also the distribution of production. That means everything that you need to live on. Now, George Orwell said, when a group have the power to dish out what you need to survive, right, he says, you’re now under tyranny. And when they call it a privilege to have this, this food or whatever, you’re under a tyranny. And this is the same agenda under many names that they’ve tried down through the years, into this new society, the greening, we’re all in it together idea. We’re all in this war together to save the world, and we’re all going to be happy in some Utopia. No, we’re not going to be happy in some Utopia. These guys are liars from the beginning. The same bankers who’ve just ripped us off and got rewarded for doing so, are the same guys who put the money towards these philanthropic causes.
Patrick: And carbon is the enemy, and now we know from our education through Andrew Goss, Alan Watt, that Goldman Sachs is behind the whole Cap and Trade thing, and they are the people who will benefit from the Cap and Trade.
Alan: Yes, they are. And not only that. Lord Rothschild put forward, he’s high in this big movement, I read the articles on the air from the British newspapers, he put forward the whole idea of the carbon, the personal carbon taxes. Now, it’s not only corporations or countries. It’s going to go right down to the personal level.
Patrick: Rothschild, he kicked off the carbon thing?
Alan: That’s right. You see, they’ve been planning this for about forty years. We didn’t even hear about it for the last couple of years. And he said too that all these world carbon taxes will go through his bank, his family bank in Switzerland, isn’t that wonderful.
Patrick: These guys are good, man. And so, you think the carbon thing, that their goal is, is to get it down to, so they’ll send Patrick a bill for whatever he’s using.
Alan: That’s in the major media now, I read it on the air just the other night in fact.
Patrick: Yeah, I mean, there’s actually places in the country, and I’m not sure what states, but I believe there’s two or three, where they’ve got away with taxing people for collecting rain water.
Alan: Oh, they’ve gone even further. See, it all, the United Nations is the biggest front organization ever devised by the Royal Institute of International Affairs, and the Council on Foreign Relations. They pushed it into existence, as a front, an embryo to bring this world together. Every law that you have on the environment for the last forty or fifty years, right down to your plumbing, your septic, your house codes and all, all come from the United Nations to every country and it’s signed into law without debate.
Patrick: So what is this story on the UN, Alan Watt, who put them together, and who controls the United Nations?
Alan: Well, you have to go again to Carroll Quigley. He’s the man who really put it out for the first time to the public. He wasn’t just a Professor, he was an advisor to the Pentagon, and to the foreign department of state, to the high diplomatic offices and so on. He was a man who chose Rhodes Scholars to be sent over to Britain for World Government, like Bill Clinton. He chose him. And he talked about the history of this group, from the Lord Milner Society, in Britain, they were all bankers, that became the Royal Institute for International Affairs. It’s a chartered, private organization, it rules the media. Every major member of the media in every country is a member of it. In the foreign countries, they call themselves the Council on Foreign Relations. So, it’s the same bunch. They go back to the late 1800s.
Patrick: And I heard on the radio this morning that they’re really getting feisty at the UN about this whole global warming thing, and you know, they want to really get something going, yeah boy.
Alan: Oh yeah. We have to run our lives, you see, from the experts. Now many of the members of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, in fact, pretty well all of their members gave us our history for the whole twentieth century. They wrote the books on histories and on science. And so, guys like Lord Bertrand Russell, said they will train the public that they cannot think for themselves without the advice of an expert. And that is the scientific society they have brought into existence. We have scientists telling us all this kind of stuff. But what we don’t look into is say the panel on climate change at the United Nations, the International Panel on Climate Change, IPCC, they call it. This is where all this climate change stuff is coming from. They’ve banked and counted and put everything on this whole idea of climate change. Unfortunately their warming hasn’t gone on, and so now they’re calling it climate change. Well, the world’s always had climate changes. We used to call it the weather.
Patrick: Oh, I see. So they had to change it because they got the timing wrong on the sunspots or whatever, that they had to change it from global warming to climate change.
Alan: Well, now they’ve also come out, just to cover their bases, and said, well, it actually might cool within this warming period. It might cool for the next twenty years, and then warm again.
Patrick: These guys are good, boy. We’re talking with Alan Watt, cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Just a plethora of information that Mr. Watt works on tirelessly for many years, CDs, DVDs, and books and all kinds of stuff. So if you’re interested in learning more about these kinds of things, this is a great stop for you, cuttingthroughthematrix.com. You know, Andrew Goss, our money mentor, Alan Watt, has mentioned Tragedy and Hope by Carroll Quigley so often, I think it’s time that I read that. I mean, that sounds like it’s quite a book.
Alan: It really is. It’s the only book that’s been put out, and he said the same thing. There is a parallel government he said. It’s existed for sixty years he said. It’s run by very powerful, rich people. They have a world agenda. He lays out the agenda. Then he tells you how they were achieving their goals in his day, and prior to his life, he goes through the reasons for the wars, who financed them, what their goals were to bring in this unified planet under their particular rule, under various guises, and we’re living through the predictions, the plan, the plan, not just the predictions but the plan that they set up a long time ago.
Patrick: We’re with Alan Watt here, on a Tuesday morning, and back just a second with the second half.
(Commercial Break)
Patrick: We’re with Alan Watt this morning. We’re live, September 22nd, 2009. His website is cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Email is patrick@oneradionetwork. A couple of more emails. Let’s get to this one. This one is Robert. Please ask Alan Watt what he knows about the formation of the FDA on the American Medical Association and allopathic medicine. He said, I understand that the Rockefellers had something to do with it about a hundred years ago. Does Alan Watt have any insight on that? Because it’s certainly a current thing to talk about, health care.
Alan: Yes. I mean the whole allopathic idea was put out by the Rockefellers themselves. Not just the Rockefellers, they had hundreds of people working full time, in a massive organization, even way back yonder. And the idea was to bring in again, science as the new master in medicine. As long as they controlled it, mind you. And from that day to this day, all the major pharmaceutical companies have members from the Rockefeller foundation working full-time. So, really all the pharmas across the world are really one big company under the rule. And what the Rockefellers did was to standardize a particular education for doctors. So they all get the same training. They’re basically fronts, whether they know it or not, for the pharma companies. All they do is prescribe. And also to eliminate. The whole key to everything for taking over the world, in any sphere, money, medicine, all the sciences, agriculture, is monopoly. You must have monopolization, and you must make sure that only your method is taught through the universities. That’s the key to it, to eliminate all competition, all alternatives, and you. And eventually, sure enough, after a generation, two or three generations, if you were to mention any alternative to what’s out there in the drug industry, even the average person will think you’re crazy. They’ve really been taught to believe that doctors are somehow holier than thou, and they walk on water. Again, through propaganda, through fictional TV dramas, and stuff. This is ongoing, even today. There’s more medical dramas out there and movies than anything.
Patrick: And the doctor kind of really knows his stuff because he’s gone to medical school.
Alan: He goes to medical school for science, you see. This thing you cannot dispute, this science is taught. And of course, as we know, when we go into the drug industry, it’s a horror show. It’s an absolute horror show. They’ve even had documentaries on the CBC here, that’s like a BBC version for Canada, run by the government, where the big pharmas hire, they hire, they’ve always done this, they hire writers to write positive reports on all their drugs, and to sort of negate or downplay all the side effects. And these are professional writers that do this all the time for them.
Patrick: Yes, and a lot of them have gotten caught over the last couple of years in, you know, rigging these tests and stuff.
Alan: They do it all the time with every particular drug. Again too, remember what their long-term goal is. It isn’t just money and profit. If you are into money and profit, you’re always fearing and eliminating competition. It’s also the end product, where they’ve told us, that they want to bring into this world what they call world peace. That was the front under communism too, they said, when they win, it will be terminated, in other words, the termination of war will happen when there’s world peace. World peace meant the absence of all competition or opposition.
Patrick; Yeah, so without that, without a lot of dead and competition, then you have no reason to kill each other.
Alan: Yes, and they talked about drugging the whole of society, if need be. I mean, at one time, I can remember in my parent’s day, people would think maybe three or four times about taking an aspirin, and then say, no, I won’t, because people were suspicious of drugs. They’re not natural things for your body to start with. But now, we go from the simple aspirin to much more complex drugs on a daily basis.
Patrick: So Alan, what was it, in the early 1900s when the Rockefellers brought this allopathic idea out?
Alan: Yes, it was.
Patrick: And they were behind it, they were behind this.
Alan: They were behind it, and we’ve got to understand, see the Rockefellers themselves, obviously, one or two people could not sit and plan all the different areas that they got into immediately. You’re talking really about an organization, and the Rockefellers themselves were a part of it, but they’re more of a front, one or two people. It’s like being a President of the United States; you could never learn every department that you have underneath you in your whole term in office. It’s impossible. There’s so many departments. It’s the same with the Rockefellers. They have fingers in every pie, across the board in social life. And old Rockefeller himself, he still concentrates mainly on the depopulation issue, but the rest of his foundation is into every aspect of life. You’re looking at an organization that has many tentacles, many fronts, and it’s out for total domination of the planet. There’s no doubt about this whatsoever.
Patrick: And are you concerned about the availability of alternatives. Of course we’ve heard about this thing called Codex for years, and you know people are getting, they’re getting hammered here and there. They’ve always attacked MDs that are holistic in doing things. But it doesn’t seem to be, I don’t know, they don’t seem to be able to get away with much, Alan Watt, because there’s so many people into alternative medicine. Do you think there’s so many that they’re not going to be able to control it or not?
Alan: Oh, no. These characters never give up. And you should never relax for a minute, because whenever you think you’ve won something, they’re already bringing it back under a different guise, or different direction. There’s no doubt, you see, everything in this world, in this New World Order, and this term is being used now by prime ministers openly at the G20, like Brown, he used it. And it’s a New World Order, where you’ll be ordered from birth to death, to serve the world state. That’s the whole purpose of it, serving. That’s why Obama brought in service, mandatory voluntary service. Canada’s following suit, and so is Britain. So, it’s to be a world where you serve the world state for the good of society, as they like to couch it. But it’s also a world where you will not have a private business eventually. That will go by the wayside too, like the Soviet system. And all medicine will be controlled by a central world authority. It has to be always central. That’s the whole key of what you used to call Communism, was centralization.
Patrick: Kind of like a super FDA.
Alan: Yes, and again, you see, you cannot have anybody outside the loop, doing their own thing in medicine, under their system. So therefore, everything has to be regulated and authorized by the United Nations. The World Health Organization at the United Nations was set up to do just this, to be the chief for all medical purposes. And that’s the key to it.
Patrick: Is that why WHO, World Health Organization is so out front on this whole swine flu thing?
Alan: Yes. And it’s giving it incredible prominence for one thing. So they’re rising, they’re putting it up to its proper stature. It’s rising up to its proper stature, as it was designed to do. And they’ve said in their own world meetings, if you go back, that they were set up to be the world health authority that will guide the rest of the world under mandate. So that’s happening as we live. And eventually, everything that you need, whether it’s food or whatever, you’ll have to go to a government agency. When you want medicine, you’ll have to go to a registered medical doctor, an approved doctor, for anything, and that includes vitamins. They want to make sure that even vitamins you’ll have to get a prescription for.
Patrick: So folks, that gives a lot more weight to what we do here at One Radio Network, thinking that our ultimate goal is that we’re not going to need anything, except the right food. You know, that’s what we’re working towards, because, we’ll prepare for the best, and hope for the worst, and if a lot of stuff gets taken away, we won’t need it, because we’ll know, we’ll have our body in such shape, that if we can grow the right foods, then we’re going to be okay. Here’s an email from Heather, out your way, Alan Watt, in Montreal. Hello, I just finished the book Dope Inc. by Linden LaRoush, which was well researched about the drug trade and how it was backed by Royalty, particularly Britain. Can Alan comment on this?
Alan: Yes. Drugs have always been used by the elite on the public, down through centuries. So have poisons, as well, if they want to eliminate people too. They often put stuff in the streams, etc, if they want to eliminate a certain part of the population. Starvation was another, just cutting off the food supplies. But drugs, definitely. I mean, it’s out in the open in the history books now, thanks to the work and the pushing of a lot of people, that the British Royalty, and a lot of the American, I call them Royalty or Aristocracy, such as those from Yale University, the Bushes in fact, and the Kerrys and these boys. They all made millions of dollars off the drug trade when they were taking down China. They took China down by importing lots of dope, opium, bales of opium, from India, and dumping it on the shores of China, addicting the populations to bring China down to its knees. Which they did very successfully. This is now all out in the history books for the first time, so it only took a hundred-odd years, a hundred and fifty years to get it in the history books. George Orwell for instance, his name was Blair, he was a member of an intergenerational diplomatic family, for the British Crown, and his father, he said in his own biography, his father was the superintendent, or the main chutzpah, you might say, for the British Opium Company in Burma, and when that was brought up in Parliament in Britain, at the time, in the 1930s, by a guy, I think who was called Thompson, a member of Parliament, the public didn’t know that Britain still had opium companies. And when they investigated into it, all the members of the shareholders of the company, now they were using British armies to protect it and taxpayers’ money for farmers and stuff, they didn’t know that all the members were members of the Royalty and the cousins and so on, of all the lesser Royalty. These were the only ones who were shareholders in this world corporation.
Patrick: Alan Watt, what do you think, the idea or the paradigm that we are not told about the real story in Afghanistan? What’s going on there? Why, why all this interest in Afghanistan?
Alan: It’s partly because, out of all the areas out there, and the countries, Afghanistan has been a tribal society, many different tribes, with long standing traditions of a pecking order, you might say. Everyone in their place. Everyone owns their own area, that’s it. It will not fit into this New World Order very easily. Very ancient traditions, ingrained culture, it’s a very, very old culture. But also it’s strategic. It’s a very strategic place for them. We’ve got to remember that Britain was the first country to try and take over that area, and they sent the armies in there, into the Khyber Pass, again for the opium fields.
Patrick: And when was that?
Alan: They were in there in the 1800s. And many countries have tried since then. Now, under the Cold War farce, I call it the farce, because it was planned how long it would last, and how long even the Communist system would last before they changed the West. And you find that the Soviets eventually went in there too, and were hammering them for years with the aid of the US, and once they finished, the US is in there hammering them. So it doesn’t matter which group you get to hammer the people, they want them down. But the first thing that George Bush did once they got in there was to order the farmers to go back to growing poppies, because it was forbidden under the Taliban rule. They’d banned poppy growing and opium. So George Bush okayed it again, that was in all the major media at the time. It’s also strategic, geo-politically strategic for pipelines crossing their lands into other countries. They have all these far reaching plans.
Patrick: Ah, you mean like oil coming from the Mid-East to China and places like that.
Alan: Absolutely. That’s the main reason for it.
Patrick: Yeah. And the one I, there’s just so much out there about it, and I hesitate to go in there, because it’s such a black hole, but give us your opinion, Alan Watt’s opinion, the short story on what this whole Israeli thing is about, and how they seem to be at the center of so much of this, you know this war that is brewing and seems to be in our consciousness for the next few years.
Alan: We have to go into, again, geo-politics. Geo-politics is a goal that might take a hundred years to achieve your goal. Britain was the master of geo-politics and strategy for taking countries down. They spent a hundred years taking down India. Getting all the different tribes, and supplying all the different tribes to fight each other, and then once they were war weary and broken up and destroyed, Britain basically took the whole country over.
Patrick: A hundred years.
Alan: Yeah, pretty well. And that’s how you work out how you take down societies, and then reorganize them, under your rule. It’s long-term strategy. Now Zbigniew Brzezinski is a big key player in geo-politics, and up on youtube, and it’s on my site too, you’ll see him in the ’70s, in Afghanistan for instance, and you’ll hear him saying this, this is a holy war you’re fighting against the Russians. You see, it’s a holy war, it’s a jihad. And now of course, he’s out there with his geo-politics trying to take the Afghanis down, now that they’ve fought the Russians. I mean, every country is used. But Israel, they needed a place in the Middle East. And it’s interesting if you look into the history of it, because one of the overseers for Britain, the Lieutenant Governor or General as they call it, who’s got the Royal Authority of the British crown, was Sir Ronald Storrs. And he was in there in the 1930s. He gives the history in his own book, it’s called Orientations, of their goals for that region, and they were importing primarily Jewish people from Russia at that time, into Israel, in the 1930s. Now, you’ve got to understand the British history, because they’ve kept Ireland fighting each other with Protestants and Catholics since the days of Queen Elizabeth the First. That’s beautiful geo-politics. Divide and conquer, and you can always come in to restore the peace and conquer.
Patrick: Selling guns to both sides and all.
Alan: That’s geo-politics. Now, in Northern Ireland, what became Northern Ireland, Britain put in a lot of hard, hard Presbyterian, loyal to the crown groups, and that became Ulster in Northern Ireland. And they’ve always been totally faithful to the British Crown against the Catholic Church, and against any foreign dominion as they call it. They’re completely loyal to the British Crown, regardless of what the Crown does. And this man Storrs, in Israel said, the Lt. Governor, he said we are setting up an Ulster in the Middle East. In other words, a perpetual thorn in the sides of everyone around them. And that was his own words, in his own book.
Patrick: It just kind of keeps the pot boiling.
Alan: It does. Because they had to. You see, these guys knew back then, they wanted to take a world over. They wanted to take over the resources of the world, and that’s what we’re seeing today, it’s all a resource war, as it gets put into fewer and fewer hands, the hands it was intended to get to, and it will all be dished out to us piecemeal, and it will be a privilege to get food eventually. This is a war on the entire planet, long-range, geo-political, and there’s no doubt about it. You see, their main enemy, number one, and this was admitted by Aldous Huxley. There’s a good interview by Mike Wallace, going way back, with Huxley. And Aldous Huxley was a big player, again descended from the Darwin/Sir Thomas Huxley crew. His descendants are still going; Sir Crispin Tickell is in charge of the Optimum Population Trust for depopulating the planet. Aldous Huxley says to Wallace, apart from his little statement, he says where a small minority can take over and control the world using sciences. He also says that the main enemy of this world dominion, this global movement, has always been the Catholic Church. He says, the Catholic Church, even though it’s geo-political, it’s also geo-political obviously, it was a world society, but even though it was a power structure as well, into politics, that was its main failing in a sense. It went into too much politics and forgot the spiritual. He said it was the only opposition at that time, in the fifties and sixties, to world collectivism or communism. This is the guise that this rich men’s group is going under, it’s for the good of all, communism, collectivism. He says, once that’s gone, there’s nothing to stop it. Well, you see, that’s already happened. The Catholic Church was completely infiltrated. It had been before that. Malachi Martin wrote excellent books about the downfall of the Catholic Church. He was a Jesuit priest at one time. He also was an advisor to two Popes and one of the Cardinals in Rome. And he said, in his last book, Windswept House, that now it was totally taken over by the societies as he called them, and he writes about it in that particular book. So, the Catholic Church, although it’s destroyed as an opposition force, is now to be used for a force for world peace; it’s part of this whole world movement now. It’s a patsy, it’s a pawn.
Patrick: We’re with Alan Watt here on a Tuesday morning, September 22nd. 888-663-6386. Email, patrick@oneradionetwork.com. Well, Landell with the whole financial stuff, we, as you know, Alan Watt, stories circle the internet daily about the financial crash that’s coming, and how China and people are dumping dollars, etc. And our man, Andrew Goss suggests that he believes this kind of talk is merely a smokescreen and that these people really are all kind of working together for one goal, and China knows exactly what it’s doing. And if you actually look at the numbers, they have not decreased their purchasing of treasuries at all. They’re actually using treasuries to buy stuff around the world, buy resources as collateral, and they, Andrew Goss argues that they know exactly what they’re doing. And if they wanted to let this thing crash, they could have let that long ago, 9/11. Do you generally agree with that assumption, or do you think they are really fighting with each other, and this dollar is going to totally crash and burn? What’s your opinion?
Alan: There’s no fighting with China whatsoever. In fact, the Western bankers created modern China from its inception of modernization.
Patrick: That’s what Mr. Goss says, yes.
Alan: Yes. And it was the Western powers again, through the United Nations and agreements, through the G-A-T-T, the GATT treaty, that every country was sold out for being producers, because it was decided back in the 1930s to set China up and make them the World Producer, the World Manufacturer. Now, after World War II, in World War II they set up Japan to be the ones who would hold the debt for the U.S. That was arranged by the big bankers.
Patrick: What do you mean, hold the debt, Alan?
Alan: Well, they would buy the bonds.
Patrick: They would be the one buying the treasuries.
Alan: Yes. So they were set up under the plan they’d devised during World War II for a post-war Japan, and they said that they’d set them up as the manufacturer of all technology, mainly electronics at that time.
Patrick: So that was their bonus for having this war with us.
Alan: That was a payoff to an extent, but they always make sure they have a purpose for the country they’re going to use and then take down, and then build up again in a different area. Now China was totally financed by the West, into its modernization status. You see, China, remember the United Nations has said that China is the model state for the world. In other words, we’ve all to follow China, on it’s one child per family stuff. It’s still a Communist government. There’s no democracy there. You do what you’re told by the authorities there, and that’s it. So it is the model state for us all to follow. It was created by the Western banking powers. China didn’t come up and pull itself up by the boot straps and say we’re going to be a modern industrial country. It took the GATT treaty, the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs, where every manufacturer in the Western hemisphere was pretty well forced to go over to China, because once they’d started to build in China, manufacture in China, and other companies had already gone over there, you couldn’t compete with them. So you had to move there. And even the clothing manufacturers all moved there too eventually. That was all done by our own politicians meeting at the top, and signing these deals into law, the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs. And not only that by the way. The average American and Canadian doesn’t even know and the whole European community don’t know that we paid for every factory that was moved over to China. We paid for their retooling, their setting up in China, through our tax money. We guaranteed to pay off any profits that they would lose during that set-up period for up to ten years. That was all done by what we thought was our politicians. Well, we’ve been under totalitarianism for a long, long time.
Patrick: So, they are all in it together.
Alan: Absolutely. There is no such thing as democracy. In fact, in the Club of Rome, they said, we have to be post-democratic. It’s too untidy. Well, guess what? We’ve never had democracy.
Patrick: How does India fit into all of this?
Alan: India, again, you have to look at the big boys and what they say. Now, they have technocrats, as Quigley called them, the ones who have more power than any politician, that do the real work behind the scenes and that’s their payoff. They’re well-rewarded. They know they have the real power to get things done in the parallel government. Now, Brzezinski talked about them. So did Kissinger. They talked about the up-and-coming emerging countries. And they said Brazil was one, and then another one was India. And we were all scratching our heads, saying, well, what’s happening in these countries? Well, see, it’s because we don’t know the big plans that are made for these countries. There is not a country in this world that can bring itself up by the boot straps. It cannot happen. It takes massive injection of money, via the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, to make anything happen. And that’s what they’ve done with these countries. They have big goals for the whole of Latin America, that’s why the U.S. has been pounding them for forty-odd years, to make sure that they get the right people in to bring in the new United Americas structure. The European Union was the first union. The next union was to be the Union of the Americas. And then the Pacific Region Conglomerate, as well, including Australia, that’s getting lumped in with China, right now, as we speak. Karl Marx wrote about this back in the 1840s. He said there will be a United Europe, with a government subservient to a World Body. A United Americas will follow it, subservient to a World Body. And then a Pacific Rim Region, subservient to the World Body. It’s all going according to plan. A very old plan. Well publicized in their own books, actually. It’s just that the general public are kept spinning by the media. That’s the job of the middle man. The media means the middle.
Patrick: Keeping their eyes off of the ball, of what’s really going on.
Alan: Absolutely.
Patrick: Or whatever they can come up with. So, then you see a Canada, US, Mexico partnership somewhere in our future?
Alan: Oh, it’s here. In Canadian television, the CBC as I say is the BBC version for Canada. It’s the same format. It’s run by the government. When they did the first open signing for the NAFTA, for the integration for the Americas, that was publicized on television here. All they had in the US papers was the Three Amigos meet in Waco, Texas to sign an agreement, the two presidents and the prime minister. But here, they actually went deeper into it, and they showed you some of the questions of the reporters to the Three Amigos. And they were asked, we’ve watched Europe integrate together under a common government, is that what’s happening here? And then they kafuffled around it, and then the reporter came on to tell you what they’d said afterward. Yes, he says, that is the goal and it has to be this way. The reporter was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. That is their goal.
Patrick: So, does that ultimately mean lower wages, in general?
Alan: Yes.
Patrick: In general, lower wages, because you just kind of lower the standard of living?
Alan: That’s what the whole greening thing is about. You’re seeing your standard of living getting reduced now, under the guise of saving the world, less carbon output and so on. You’re going to see a flattened society, a collectivist society across the world, and no middle class by the way. They’ve said that in all their writings. And the NAFTA agreement has been signed every year; they meet to sign it to integrate it further. This is what they did with Europe. They called it creating closer ties, until, lo and behold, you’re suddenly under a New Parliament. That’s happening right now. The last signature for the total integration is to be done next year, 2010.
Patrick: So, I’m curious. As much as you know, and researched this, just amazing, the knowledge that you carry around, and the information. Why then do you choose to live in Canada, and will you stay there?
Alan: I don’t know where I’ll stay. Canada was the handiest place for me, first of all, to get out of a collectivist Britain. Britain was already utterly Socialist. It didn’t matter what so-called party was in power. It had been socialist from the days of George Orwell in the ’40s.
Patrick: They’re truly going through it now, aren’t they?
Alan: Oh, you wouldn’t believe how it truly is. It’s a collectivist society. The government is in charge of everything. Every agency that was a service, and that’s the key to collectivism, Lenin said this. He says, we’ll create all these services. Heath service, child care services, etc. They all become authorities in the end. And that’s what you have now. You’re run by authorities from every angle.
Patrick: So, what do you think, in closing, what do you think this health care thing, the real story is about this?
Alan: Health care will go the way of even the sci-fis that they brought out to show us what would happen in the future. Health care is to go into a mandatory system, where you will be weighed like an animal, I’m not kidding, it’s been in the newspapers, they want to actually weigh everybody, under the guise of the war on obesity that comes from the United Nations.
Patrick: There’s going to be a war on fat now, right?
Alan: War on fat, and it’ll be height. IQ is also coming into it now, to the old eugenics plan. They want to test everyone’s IQ. They’ll actually want, already they’re aborting children under the possibility that there could be inherited traits and defects. Now they’re stepping it up to, well it might even have allergies or asthma, so let’s just abort the child. Well, the next step, according to the American Psychological Association, the old eugenics plan, well, it might have criminal tendencies. This is where they’re going. It’s a creeping, incremental thing, but they’re really getting their way, and mums are listening to them, because we’ve all been taught to listen to the scientists, the experts you see. And you don’t realize that you’re on a total eugenics path, written about and look into the Eugenics Societies of America, run by the Rockefellers. They actually had mandatory abortion in a lot of the US states, right up until the 1970s, and the public don’t even know this.
Patrick: And so a lot of folks are concerned about the whole combining of the records, electronic to be all part of this new health care thing, or whatever comes out.
Alan: Absolutely. If you’re going to have cattle, you see, we’re cattle, if you’re going to have cattle and own the herd, you’ve got to make sure that they’re the kind of breed that you want and health that you want. Certain weight, certain height, IQ, not too bright, you know, that’s what you’re after.
Patrick: Got to tag them too, so you know where they are.
Alan: You’ve got to tag them, absolutely.
Patrick: Put a chip in them so you know where they are.
Alan: Yes.
Patrick: Alan, you’re always a joy to talk to, and always fun, and gets our little brain waves going there to think about some other things, and figure out a way how to protect ourselves as we move forward here. Tell folks about what they’ll find on your website, Cutting Through the Matrix.
Alan: They’ll find the books I have for sale. They’re different from other books. I show you the codings and stuff that’s even interwoven in our language that’s used by the big boys themselves, often openly in the newspapers, but we don’t see it until you’re taught to see it. I go into, I’ve got hundreds of free audios for downloads, where I go into the histories of this kind of movement, and the big players behind it, down through the different generations to the present. And I tell you where they’re going, from their own writings. I don’t guess about things. I use their own books and biographies.
Patrick: So you’re constantly researching.
Alan: Oh, constantly.
Patrick: Up in Canada, constant research. This is your job, right?
Alan: That’s it.
Patrick: Cutting Through the Matrix. Alan Watt, thanks for your time sir, and we’ll keep in touch with you.
Alan: Thanks for having me on. It’s been a pleasure.
Patrick: It’s an honor, sir. Mr. Alan Watt, and we do it from time to time, every few months or so, just to keep up with what his view of the world is. And it’s like, it’s good to get everybody’s different view of how they see things, and then we can sit back and have a cup of tea, and say, well, I wonder how that fits with me, or what my interpretation of the world, and then we get to make our own decision on how we’re going to proceed here, on planet Earth.
Prince Charles urges people to abandon car in favour of walking and public transport
The Prince of Wales is urging people to give up their cars in favour of walking and public transport to try to reduce carbon emissions.
By Andrew Pierce / 21 Sep 2009
(A: It shows him in one of his fancy cars, in his Aston Marin, one of his toys.)
The Prince, who has two Jaguars, two Audis, a Range Rover and still drives an Aston Martin given to him by the Queen on his 21st birthday, said developers had a duty to put public transport and the pedestrian at the heart of their housing schemes.
Speaking about the “domination of the car over the pedestrian”, the future King said (A: That will be the day.): “We must surely be able to organise ourselves… in ways in which we are not dependent on it to such a great extent for our daily needs.” (A: So there he is. Prince Charles… in on it too. All of the big ones want this. I’m surprised Prince Charles didn’t say, ‘you know, we’re bringing in a new feudal system with international corporations running the show. I’d like to go back to the old days when we had all you peasants living in villages just raising crops for us. It was so much tidier and you couldn’t go very far because you had no transportation.’ That’s what Agenda 21 at the United Nations is all about. Believe it. That’s what it’s all about. A NEW FEUDAL SYSTEM.)
I’ll go to the callers now. There’s Kendall from Atlanta there. Are you there Kendall?
Kendall: Yes. Good evening Alan. I’m calling from Atlanta, Georgia tonight to let you know about this shock and awe routine we had here with the weather warfare campaign down here where they flooded out everything. I noticed that there’s nothing going on at the CDC campus as well. No flooding there.
Alan: No. NO flooding there. It’s interesting too…
Kendall: It’s not at the Air Force base either.
Alan: No. Isn’t it amazing that? Here where I am, it rained every single day June and July exactly as it did last year. Subnormal temperatures and in California, due to governmental interference in cutting down the water supply to the farmers, now they’re getting a drought because they don’t get enough water. Not because of a water shortage, it’s because they’ve cut down the water to the farmers.
Kendall: You can just see the targeted areas for this urban sprawl thing that they’re complaining about, it’s wild. You can see it’s like all the poverty-stricken areas are flooded, the schools are flooded. It’s amazing.
Alan: It is amazing. What’s amazing too, I’ve watched this for years, they gave the go-ahead to sell lands that are in floodplains about 20 years ago, mainly for the poorer people. So they move into these floodplains and guess what, the first heavy rains they get, the rivers overflow and there’s flooding. This is standard. I’ve watched this con game for years. Then they show it on the news and then they terrify the world. We’re watching this stuff saying, ‘My God, I guess the weather’s…’ No. They didn’t allow people to live on that land before because they are floodplains. [Laughing]
Kendall: It was so systematic too how it happened. In the middle of the night, under a lightning that was just like manmade completely. Then the Chattahoochee River overflows and it stops the main highway called 285. It’s like a loop around the whole city and it stopped all traffic for the whole day. Amazing. Also, on the way home, I see the big king’s X in the sky ready for the next flooding they’re going to do this evening.
Alan: Exactly. I saw the same thing in Alberta a few years ago. They’d flooded the farmers. They actually gave them drought for about 5 years. Heavy spraying. Every article they showed you the farmers, they let you see on TV the spraying above them, crisscrossing in the skies. Then they gave them a massive flood with the river overflowing. Again, even in the documentary on the CBC, there’s all the crisscrossing above their heads as they’re discussing this flood… and the public haven’t a clue. It’s weather warfare.
Kendall: [laughing] Exactly. They time it and everything. Also, I watched them give predictive programming called Midsummer Murders. It’s an English sitcom. It started in 1998. In one of the episodes they had a big chemtrail right there in 1998 right behind this big mansion. It was hilarious.
Alan: That’s right. In 1998 in definitely most of Canada and definitely in Ontario, that was the year they started to spray daily. I remember the first day I walked out and the whole sky was covered with them. There were about 20 planes in the sky. They were half the height that they are today. It was like walking into a sci-fi set.
Kendall: Wow. They call it in Southeast America, the God-fearing country, hum? I can see they’re God-fearing. [Laughing]
Alan: That’s right. We’ve got new Gods you see.
Kendall: One more thing. This Bernays PR thing they’re doing with the nasal spray for the flu vaccine. They’re pulling out the number one college football team down here in the southeast and the whole team on Sunday sprayed their nasal thing and that’s how they’re spinning that off down here.
Alan: That’s true. That’s also the reason that every article you’ve seen for months now about this coming swine flu shot shows you, at the top of the page, always shows you an injection going into an arm to terrify you. Then you breathe a sigh of relief when… ‘Oh my God. It’s so simple. It’s just going to be a little whiff up my nose.’ [Laughing]
Kendall: [Laughing] Thank you very much Alan. I’ll still keep the money going there.
Alan: Thanks for calling. Hold on John and I’ll be back after this break.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt. This is Cutting Through The Matrix and we’re moving on to John from Florida. Are you there John?
John: Yes Alan. Just a comment. I just finished reading a book last week. The William Cooper book. He had an article in the back. It was a reproduction of the article. I said, ‘Big bother’s coming.’ I was written August 1st of 1989.
Alan: Was that Behold a Pale Horse?
John: Yes. One of the things that it said… It was interesting because of all the swine flu stuff. It said, ‘other sources say that tiny transmitters can be injected painlessly from a tiny gun and in humans without them knowing about it during nationwide vaccination programs. All the government would have to do is make up something like the swine flu vaccine.’ I found that interesting in that he was talking and it was an actual article in 1989 about that.
Alan: Yes. Cooper definitely was into a lot of good stuff. He knew the agenda. There’s no doubt, he KNEW the agenda. He had his own personal problems, there’s no doubt about it. He certainly knew what the agenda was and that’s why they took him out because he had a big following. He could motivate people into action and that’s what they didn’t want.
John: He even talked about Bo Gritz. He had a thing about Bo Gritz.
Alan: Bo Gritz is a Mason as well.
John: He was basically saying, Bo Gritz, I don’t trust this guy too much but let’s just see what happens.
Alan: Bo Gritz used to be on Patriot Radio and he would talk about when he was in the Special Forces how many people he’d taken out on assassinations. An assassin has no loyalty, really, doesn’t fight for your country. Assassin is a hit man. Here he is with hip pocket orders – that he said himself that he had ‘hip pocket’ orders from the Pentagon when he left, meaning he never left – running a Patriot show. Then after 9/11, Bo Gritz is on television – they showed it in Canada here – on the congressional steps saying he was going to see the politicians and to tell them, he says, ‘that it was these crazy, paranoid patriot types that were responsible for blowing up the towers.’ That’s what he said. He says, ‘they listen to short wave radio patriot stations and believe in black helicopters.’ This is the same guy who’d been ON patriot radio and ran a good part of it for about 4 or 5 years. They give you the heroes often and you’ve got to be careful. You’ve got to be so careful.
John: I have one last thing. One thing I’ve been noticing because my wife watches TV and I don’t watch it as much. But every now and then when she watches, I caught this commercial. It’s a Kool-aid commercial. There was a part where a kid is catching a baseball in the air with his glove and right above you see a chemtrail. It’s a HUGE chemtrail. I’ve been noticing this with a lot of these… especially with pharmaceutical commercials. When you watch them, you’ll see chemtrails in the background all the time.
Alan: You’ll also see, they even show it on news frequently in Canada. They’ll show it even above Parliament building in Ottawa, they show chemtrails. It’s to get us USED to the fact that they’re there and they’re just normal. [Laughing.]
John: It’s funny because at least now I got my wife into like… She travels and every time she’ll call me and tell me, ‘oh look, I saw one of your chemlines,’ that’s what she calls it. But at least she’s seeing them now.
Alan: Yes. As I say, when you’ve lived long enough and you remember what condensation trails were and how long they lasted compared to THESE ones, plus you can remember when these ones started after they signed the Open Skies Treaty world wide, then you know the difference. These things are NOT condensations trails. They’re definitely chemicals. The chemicals come down sometimes in blobs when there is cooler weather. I watched one, it was about 12 feet wide, come down and land in a tree here. Then, like cotton candy, it just eventually dissolved. Thanks for calling.
We live in Disneyland, folks, and my job is to try to break through into the true reality to show you we’re living LITERALLY in the massive con game, A MASSIVE CON GAME, where a different world body runs the entire planet and will never tell you the truth of where they’re taking you or why.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
The new world order, something that people would laugh about if you talked about it in conversation with just ordinary people, people you know, a few years ago, is now OPENLY discussed at major meetings and shown on television. Like Mr. Brown said ‘the new world order’ a few times at the last G20 meeting and many others have used the same quote as well. The thing is, it’s so funny that those who scoffed in the past, they’ll never admit you’re right and even when you tell them what it’s all about, this new world order, they still can’t really believe you because NO ONE would be so audacious as to try and literally have a controlled society – take away all your freedoms – and ORDER the society in the way that they think it should be ordered. Well that’s precisely what the new world order is all about. Look what happened in 2001 and what’s happened SINCE 2001. 2001 was mentioned over and over and over in the elite’s books and their biographies and the big think tanks in their publications. ‘The Century of Change’… all through academia they talked about ‘the Century of Change’. What do they mean ‘Century of Change?’ It’s the WHOLE NEW ORDERING OF THE WORLD and EVERYBODY and your way of life IN that world. I’ll talk about that when I come back from this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the new world order. Something that people sort of take in their stride because they take everything in their stride that happens to them. They’ve been so domesticated and mind-bombed by media, which now is normal for them. They get so many little bits and bytes of information every day from a thousand sources, it kind of winds its way through the ears and that space in between – that great cosmos in there – and then gradually escapes through the other ear or something and leaves little residues behind them and they never really think through anything to any depth whatsoever. They’ve been trained and they don’t know it. They don’t KNOW they’ve been trained to accept what’s called governance.
Governance is a system where it simply exists and you obey. You take it for granted. That’s the key to it. You take everything for granted that somehow there are special people, benevolent people, ABOVE you who deal with all the big affairs in life and they have your BEST interests at heart. That’s really how most people operate today. That’s why they go for everything that comes along. The century of change was talked about FOR 100 years. 100 years… this 21st century was to be the century of change… in academia and philosophy. HOW would these characters KNOW this kind of stuff was going to happen then? It’s a very old plan.
You can go back to the writings of Benjamin Franklin when he was talking about the Federation of the United States of America with the 13 colonies and so on. He said that he envisaged that this would be the beginning of a federation of the WORLD. He didn’t stop there. He said we would be run eventually by ‘12 wise men’. That’s in his own letters and in the diary of Benjamin Franklin. You can look at that from the Franklin Museum for yourselves. Long-term plan.
Of course, to get there, you have to get the people through STAGES where they think they’re all working for themselves and working together, but still for themselves in a sense. It’s called a form of government, sometimes Republicanism but also within the Republicanism is a FORM of democracy where you think you have rights and freedoms written down and you can also vote for people. Of course, you can’t get them out of office, but you always THINK you can…if they change their mind after you get them in. But we can’t really. We can’t get them out; they’re in there for the term. Then you get to the stage where the better types, the wise men, can rule the world in the PROPER fashion, benevolent dictatorship.
If you go back into ancient times, they talked about the benevolent dictatorship. Plato talked about it in his book The Republic. They truly believed that the majority of the public could never rule themselves and they could never handle freedoms. The founding fathers in America, not ALL of them went along on the same track as Benjamin Franklin. He did think they were giving the people a CHANCE to see if they COULD handle freedom, knowing that a lot of people would also abuse that freedom and steal and rob from other people. That kind of stuff. They also knew that you could not punish the WHOLE of people collectively for the crimes of a FEW. That’s why you have in the United States a sort of unique set-up – it’s pretty well demolished now – since 9/11 – where if there was a bit of a doubt in any court case, you just couldn’t put them in the slammer. Even if they knew they were letting off a guy who was guilty, it was better to let that go, than use absolute power over every person who comes in to court, because then a lot of the innocent would get locked away as well.
In collectivist societies and sovietized societies, you have collective punishment. One person shoots someone, everyone gets their guns banned. That’s how it works. People don’t know they’ve gone into collectivism in the Western hemisphere, step by step, from at least World War I and definitely ramping up in World War II when government EXPLODED with departments to take over areas that were left to the private sector. I don’t mean big business, I mean even the small, small farmer. Everything came under government. Once the war was over, these departments never disbanded. They got bigger and bigger as all government offices tend to do, because there was a plan there.
It’s no coincidence either that he said 12 wise men – Benjamin Franklin – would rule the world. It’s no coincidence that the EU flag – and it was in the papers at the time that even though they had more members of the Economic Union under this new totalitarian parliament system than 12… and they would bring in dozens they said – but they were going to stick to 12 stars on the flag. They never explained it to the public. Very important occultic number, you see. Going back to Plato and then go back to… Remember all the ancient Greeks, the famous ones, were educated in Egypt. We find some people talked about Philemon. Philemon was the fisher king. The fisher king that all the ancient occultists talked about. He literally was a kind of human being with the wings of the king fisher. His job was to go out into the world and find disciples to TEACH. They would be benevolent rulers over the unwashed masses. That was the idea of the fisher king.
To bring them into the mysteries, they had to bring them through a whole series of instructions starting with even 3 or 4 years of silence before he’s brought in to the INNER circles. That was to weed out the ones that couldn’t keep their mouth shut. Secrecy was of vital importance. We know that people like Pythagoras studied in Egypt and he went off to Croton and he set up his school like many of them did, with the same system. 3 or 4 years of silence, indoctrination into… youth especially and teenagers, and he trained young females and gave them good educations but selected them and trained them to go after nobility to try and get marriage partners to ALTER the thinking and behavior of the nobility and get them to go along with certain ways of working with society. When the people found out that he was stirring up revolution, they burned down his school. Other ones have had this happen to them too, later on, down through the ages.
It’s amazing; everything that came out of Egypt – apart from mummies and so on – was revolution, covert revolution over a long period of time. It didn’t stop there. It was totally combined with Greece eventually because the Greeks at one point dominated Egypt. They had cities built under Alexander, the Macedonian and Greek system, and they merged the two systems together. Then it went back to Greece and then into Western civilization. It’s interesting too that even the Catholic Church adopted for some of its monasteries a vow of silence, in certain ones, the right ones. It used to be that way too for a particular one, the Franciscan order and another order too. They used to be called the Mystic Sects at one time. That’s another part of it.
Getting back to this benevolent dictatorship, Philemon, of course, was also – you might say – the alter ego of Carl Jung. Carl Jung in his early writings – before he became famous and they tried to hide it for a while – communicated with something that he called his alter ego. He called it Philemon, the Fisher King. So under psychology, they would change the world. He said the he got all his information from this alter ego, or entity, or being. Today they call them power animals and spirit guides and all that kind of stuff in the new age. He called it Philemon, the Fisher King. Every HIGH, very high occultist – and I hate to even use the word masons. Masons are pretty low on the totem pole compared to them. They go up THROUGH Masonry up to the higher orders and they become fisher kings. THEY SELECT LEADERS for the world.
It’s interesting that the Council on Foreign Relations and I’ve gone through their history and how in the 1800s a group got together, the richest bankers on the planet, they financed certain people like Cecil Rhodes into being to go off and take over the world’s resources. They were looking towards the future where the benevolent dictatorship would come in. The Cecil Rhodes Foundation, that trains people today with scholarships for global governance, merged eventually with the Lord Alfred Milner Group. Milner and his group were a bunch of bankers. They were all bankers, very wealthy international bankers. That became the Royal Institute of International Affairs that IS a parallel government. It’s a REAL government. It is THE real government over anything that’s elected in all of the British Empire and anybody that’s outside the British Empire is called a Council on Foreign Relations; they have them all through the world, the ones that are not affiliated with the British Commonwealth, as they like to call it.
The Council on Foreign Relations has got so many departments working on the coming food shortages because all their big boys IN that organization OWN the food of the world. They still go after all the resources today. After all, if you’re bringing in a world government, you have to control all the resources and use it like a CLUB, or a weapon, a punishment or a reward. That’s how it’s going to be done. I’ll put some links up on my site at the end of the show on these topics, especially the one with Global Governance: World Order and the 21st Century from this site of the Council on Foreign Relations… for those who think it’s just an old boys club. Back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the continuity of an idea. Not just an idea, but physical force PUSHING down through the ages intergenerationally, this idea, through a system of power and control. A system that used an era of democracy to gain more power to train a society, a world society, to basically obey government and to RULE over the public and then go through a phase of what we’re going through now, WORLD TERRORISM. It’s a war OF terror. They always use a war of terror during the periods of revolution. These guys are behind all revolutions. Most revolutions have been kind of open. They’re either bloody or else they’re SOCIAL revolutions, like sexual revolutions, that kind of stuff, all for a purpose that the public who follow these revolutions and participate never figure out. But it changes their society into a planned direction.
We are going through it now this war OF… or war on terror, as they like to call it. Our whole lives are changing and we don’t even know it. Since 2001, we’ve been trained – first gradually and then through shock and awe, through repetition and frequency of changes – to simply ACCEPT changes… ‘Change is good,’ right? Change is good. Remember the little red train? You know, ‘yes I can, yes I can.’ Yes WE can. They give you children’s stories and slogans from Madison Avenue to train you into a system, preplanned system, and you haven’t a clue where it’s going, but they’ve written about it. They have web sites up there telling you all about it if you care to read it but it’s not really fun. There’s no excitement in there. I’m reading from the Council on Foreign Relations own web site and this is ONE department here. They have many departments over ALL social issues and they don’t just talk about things, they then send out their emissaries. You know, their TRAINED people – trained by Philemon, you might say – who go off, with POWER – technocrats – and TELL governments what to do. Every President and Prime Minister for 100 years has been a member of this organization in most of the Western world and the British Commonwealth countries.
(Alan: GoverNANCE, a term that came out of the 90s to the public, for the ones who cared to go into it to see what it was. It’s called WORLD ORDER AND THE 21ST CENTURY. )
International Institutions and Global Governance:
World Order in the 21st Century
The Program on International Institutions and Global Governance (IIGG) at the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is supported by a generous grant from the Robina Foundation. (A: They’ve got a foundation supporting each think tank that they have. These foundations really are the funders for all the NGOs, the new soviet. That’s how the bankers run the world, not directly, just around about. They go around your governments, you see, and your systems. That’s what they said when their own writers in their magazine, called Foreign Affairs, said we’ll have to do an end run AROUND the Constitution rather than hit it head on. Just go around it… and eventually people would forget it existed. That’s kind of happening for a lot of people, youngsters especially.) It aims to identify the institutional requirements for effective multilateral (A: That’s world.) cooperation in the twenty-first century. The program is motivated by recognition that the architecture of global governance-largely reflecting the world as it existed in 1945-has not kept pace with fundamental changes in the international system.
This particular site goes on about training the media. Through the media, and the media all being on board with the agenda, they’ll only put out propaganda that these guys want them to put out. So you can read it for yourselves. I’ll put this link up. It’s really interesting. As I say, there’s nothing hidden. There’s no conspiracy here because everything really is in the open if you just want to go and find it.
Now, what is this new world order? It’s a combination. It really encompasses ALL the systems you’ve heard about in the 20th century. It’s Fascist. It’s Socialist. It’s Communistic. It’s all of those. The big international corporations are on board with the big international bankers. That’s why pharma’s getting its way. It’s not doing it by itself just for profit. You’ve got every Prime Minister and President across the planet on board with this agenda… to stick things in people, their whole populations for mild flues and stuff like that. It makes to sense to you and it won’t. There’s always another reason behind it. You’ll find even with these big greening agendas, who’s financing it? The same foundations PLUS big oil companies. People like that. You’d think they’d be the last ones to fund it. No, no, no. They’re the first ones, because all the CEOs are PART of this international organization. They’re diversifying anyway, outside of just their oil, into other methods of fuel, etc. Not for YOU all to use but for the small elite to use. They’re going to bring us all into a global plantation, sort of a village type, once most of us have died off or been killed off. That is part of the plan… is to kill off a lot of the public.
Ask the Optimum Population Trust and all the other guys that give you their public face where ‘we don’t really want to kill people, we don’t want to FORCE abortions; we’d rather people just cooperate with us.’ Amongst themselves, what do you think they really say? What do you think they really say? Hmm… So everyone’s on board. It’s based on a system that Benjamin Franklin talked about. A council of 12 wise men that eventually will rule the world ABOVE, at the top of the United Nations. Back with more after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about a system that has been going on down through many centuries in fact, and has taken many shapes and forms and names and has many levels. It always really was a totalitarian idea going back to ancient times from Plato, even before Plato, onwards. In fact, Plato himself ran away from his homeland because he was one of the young students implicated in a possible plot for anarchy or to take over from an existing system with revolution. He ran off to escape going down with his mentor. Then he came back after a few years and was very, very careful on how he introduced himself with his new school. He played the game for a while, you might say, openly but he was still teaching his students – if you read his books – to really think in a different fashion. Again, it was an elitist type of organization. He was a fisher king himself. He chose certain ones to teach. They all did, in fact, all these ancient schools.
They believed that they were different types of humans here, ones that were really awake or alive and those who were simply half dead or completely dead. It’s still the same today, in a sense. Most folk are given a fake reality and they never question it… because everyone else around them doesn’t question it. They idea was to always run the world and to bring in a world empire run by wise men. The kind the Benjamin Franklin talked about… and the kind that the Council on Foreign Relations talks about and big players at the United Nations like Jacques Attali.
Attali was a top advisor to Presidents in France and then he went off to the United Nations. People went to see HIM rather than see the Presidents because they knew who ran the country; Jacques Attali did. He wrote a book called Millennium: Winners and Losers in the coming New World Order. He went through the system as he foresaw it because he was at the big meetings where they plan this kind of stuff, that of the whole system. He talked about the collapsing of America and the economy and everything else back in the early 90s. How eventually there would be so much unemployment in America, the next boat people would be FROM America looking for work abroad, in fact. There’s much more he could have said but then he can’t tell you the whole deal, of course, in a published book.
He wrote another book. It’s called A Brief History of the Future. Remember, he’s a TOP participant in think tanks. In the book, he talks about a system, post-democratic, where benevolent dictators – wise men, multi-billionaires, philanthropists, the very guys who run the parallel government through foundations – THEY will have a group together openly and they’ll run the world. You see, everything else is a mess. Look at democracy; look at the terrible mess of democracy and international corporations just running rampant doing as they wish. We’re in such a mess, aren’t we? There are wars and all that kind of stuff and terrorism. So these philanthropists, these BENEVOLENT characters will take over for us. We’ll all be so beaten down to our knees from all the awful stuff from democracy that we’ll gladly take their hands and demand they help us out, give up our rights, etc. They can guide us. Fisher kings who become masters. That’s what it’s about.
We will see the same guys who brought us to this stage, who have run the parallel government for well over 100 years, who’ve actually been behind the wars. According to Carroll Quigley, the official historian FOR the Council on Foreign Relations, the wars were ALL strategies towards a BIGGER agenda for world government. Then you go into other heroes that are given to the public. The public are always given heroes to follow. You get it even in the Patriot Movement, the conspiracy movements. All kinds of heroes come out and the people follow them because they often have more information than anyone else, often UNIQUE information that no one else can get a hold of, in fact. That’s how they’re often launched. The general public gets them too.
Ralph Nader, everyone knows Ralph Nader. All I knew was probably what the average person knew as well, from the little news clips where he spoke out about the awful car industry and how unsafe it was and demanding rights and seat belts and things like that. That’s what you thought of Ralph Nader. Until I heard him, when he was running for office, and a little bit was played on a radio program and he was talking to his own particular audience, these voters if you like and his backers. He said, ‘my job is actually to ELIMINATE, eliminate the internal combustion engine’. I though, well, that’s not what we’re used to hearing from him. That’s the agenda of course. Part of the agenda of the new world order is to go through an era where the bulk die off or get sterilized. HG Wells talked about it in A Modern Utopia. They’re always talking about utopias, you’ll find, all down through the ages… these particular guys who belong to these organizations that really is all ONE organization, ultimately.
Ralph Nader and I’ll put this link up as well and you can read it for yourself. He’s written a book and it’s a sort of fictional but he said he uses fiction because it stimulates our imagination but it’s to get us to think along a certain path. The title of the book, and I’ll just mention Jacques Attali who talked about in A Brief History of the Future, that eventually these great philanthropists, the ultra rich men, the men who have nothing to gain, they have all the money in the world so they’re not out to fight and get to the top, they ARE at the top, they’ll rule the world. Well, Ralph Nader, his book is called Only the Super-Rich Can Save Us! What a coincidence! WHAT a coincidence!
He’ll pull a lot of the left-wing around exactly as other ones are pulling the right-wing around and they’ll all meet on the same path which is the preplanned thing in the first place. That’s the dialectic in motion. That’s how it works. What a coincidence. What a coincidence. He calls them ‘meliorists’ in his book, this club… which means ‘betterment’. These are the retired, he says, progressive, enlightened BILLIONAIRES and mega-millionaires who want to better the country. That’s what they call themselves. That’s what his book is about, he says. He named some of the people that he would have in this group, if it really existed. Guess who it is? It’s all the ones that you know of already. What a coincidence too. What a coincidence. And how they could really run the world much better because they’re not fighting as party against party and personal ego or aggrandizement. They’ve done it all. They’ve won everything. They’re out to help the public. So there you go. The BENEVOLENT DICTATORSHIP.
Mind you, the dictators will have to be FIRM with the people and make us sort of reduce the population, consumption, go green and all that kind of stuff and allow them to run our lives for us and decide what we should do and work at for the rest of our lives and behave and what we should speak about and not speak about, etc, etc, etc. Believe you me, NOTHING in this world, NOTHING IS FREE. Nothing. The mind has no firewall. It’s up to YOU to guard it.
Canada. Canada is awful quiet. Canada is a very quiet country. It’s involved in so much across the world but it keeps itself very quiet. It likes to keep its pristine image. Under this snow covers a lot of dirt because we’ve been involved in so many things that even the Canadians don’t even know about including leading the world in bacterial and viral warfare since World War II. It’s astonishing as to what’s been happening.
So much has happened to the American Indians. I’ve talked before about Kevin Annett. Kevin Annett came out after working with I think it was the British Columbia Indians about the atrocities that were carried out on them by the authorities, that was a combination of the Anglican Church and different churches, literally taking children from their families to break up their system, their culture, etc. They didn’t get back to see their families and a lot of them died in the schools. They were abused or killed. He brought that to light. He was heavily persecuted by the authorities for doing so. HEAVILY persecuted. he has a web site up talking about… what I’ve been thinking about too. I’ll put his link up. It says,
The Mask Slips, for Those with Eyes to See:
Preparing for the Real Pandemic
September 19, 2009 / by Kevin D. Annett, M.A., M.Div.
Last week, many of the aboriginal people in the remote west coast village of Ahousaht were innoculated with the tamiflu vaccine. Today, over a hundred of them are sick, and the sickness is spreading.
(A: Remember, I mentioned this last week…) In the same week, body bags were sent to similarly remote native reserves in northern Manitoba that have also received the tamiflu vaccine.
On the face of things, it appears that flu vaccinations are causing a sickness that is being deliberately aimed at aboriginal people across Canada, and this sickness will be fatal: a fact acknowledged by the Canadian government by their “routine” sending of body bags to these Indian villages. (A: You don’t make these kinds of mistakes. You just don’t make these kinds of mistakes… sending body bags. That was in the mainstream papers.)
Before you express your shock and denial at the idea that people are being racially targeted and killed, remember that murdering Indians with vaccinations is not a new or abnormal thing in Canada. Indeed, it’s how we Europeans “won the land”, and it’s one of the ways we keep it.
In 1862, Anglican church missionaries Rev. John Sheepshanks and Robert Brown inoculated interior Salish Indians in B.C. with a live smallpox virus that wiped out entire native communities within a month, just prior to the settlement of this native land by gold prospectors associated with these missionaries and government officials.
In 1909, Dr. Peter Bryce of the Indian Affairs department in Ottawa claimed that Catholic and Protestant churches were deliberately exposing native children to smallpox and tuberculosis in residential schools across Canada, and letting them die untreated. Thousands of children died as a result. (Globe and Mail, April 24, 2007)
In 1932, B.C. provincial police attempted to lay charges against Catholic missionaries who had sent smallpox-laden Indian children back among their families along the Fraser river near Mission, BC. The RCMP intervened and protected the church, even though whole villages were wiped out as a result of the church’s actions.
In 1969, native children who escaped from the Nanaimo Indian Hospital on Vancouver Island described being inoculated with shots that caused many of them to die “with bloated up bodies and scabs all over”, to quote one survivor.
Knowing this history, it’s not surprising when Indians on isolated Canadian reserves start sickening and dying en masse from sudden illnesses, after receiving flu shots. After all, it’s still the law in Canada, under the apartheid Indian Act, that no on-reserve Indian can refuse (A: That’s true. I looked into that.) medical treatments or experimentation. So it’s small wonder that these reserves are the places being targeted first to be injected with untested, unsafe and potentially lethal flu vaccines.
As an entire race of involuntary test subjects, Indians in Canada are a weather vane for what will befall all of us, and very soon. For the very techniques and weapons of genocide perfected against aboriginal people are now being deployed against “mainstream” Canadians.
Under Bill C-6, which is about to pass third reading in Parliament and become the law, no Canadian will be allowed to refuse inoculations for the swine flu, despite the fact that it is relatively benign and mild, and has killed only people who are already immune-compromised. Indeed, it is astounding that such coercion and dictatorial laws are being employed to deal with what the chief Canadian Health Officer has called a “mild seasonal flu”. (A: I’ve been saying this over and over again. Why all this HYPER OVERREACTION over a mild flu. Something stinks. Something stinks here. You combine that with the Optimum Population Trust, Prince Charles and all the rest of them… ‘You’ve got to bring down the population.’ The United Nations, ‘We’ve got to bring down the population.’ Hype, hype, hype. THINK ABOUT IT.)
Clearly, another agenda is at work; but the time to ascertain and challenge that agenda has all but run out. This coming month, forced inoculations and imprisonment of those who refuse them may be a reality across Canada. And for what reason? Clearly, not for public health, considering the sickness and death caused by previous swine flu vaccines.
I believe that the real pandemic is about to be unleashed through the very vaccines being pushed by governments and pharmaceutical giants like Novartis and Glaxo Smith Kline. The shots will be the cause, not the cure, of the pandemic. (A: That’s what I think too. It would be so simple to give you shots and then over about a month you got all this stuff filtering in the news, ‘people are dying, dying.’ They’ll tell you, they always tell you after the flu shot, ‘we got the wrong one; it was the wrong combination; it didn’t work with the flu; it’s the FLU that’s killing you, you caught the flu’ and they’ll believe it! It will never dawn on them that the shot gave them it.). Of course, those in power can disprove this by simply being the first people to take the swine flu shot: (A: I agree.) an event about as likely as these companies forgoing the multi-billion dollar profits they will reap from the mass vaccinations. (A: They should lead by example shouldn’t they? And we should be getting the stuff from the same lots as they do… if we’re going to get it at all. The special lots, you know, vaccine lots.)
It’s indeed ironic that, very soon, many “white” Canadians may be suffering the same fate that aboriginal people have for centuries. Perhaps it’s fitting. For if we are indeed being targeted for extermination, or at the least martial law and dictatorship, we finally can have the chance to shed our complicity in the genocide of other people, and get on the right side of humanity – simply by having to fight the system that is causing mass murder. (A: It’s food for thought isn’t it? Think about it.)
In mainstream again, the Guradian.co.uk. I’m surprised it’s got into the newspapers. Dr. Crippen. He’s a doctor.
Dr Crippen: Just don’t try giving me the swine flu vaccine
If something goes wrong we could have a major medical disaster
The Guardian, Tuesday 8 September 2009
The government’s chief commissar (A: A commissar. See, everybody’s on the ball here. They know what’s going on. This doctor knows.) for immunisations, Professor David Salisbury, has said that nurses have a “duty” to be immunised against swine flu. A poll by nursingtimes.net showed that 30% of respondents would refuse to have it. (A: By the way, there’s a huge march that’s going to take place in Long Island with the nurses association against the mandatory flu shot too. I’ll read that if I’ve got time.) If the government is surprised at the number of nurses who will not have the immunisation, just wait to see what happens when they offer it to doctors. On the facts available to date, I will not be having it. Nor will my family. I will not be the only doctor taking this view.
In 1976, after a swine flu outbreak at Fort Dix in the US, (A: One person came down dead after a forced march. He was hauled out of bed and he died. This was the excuse they used back then.) a vaccine was hastily manufactured. (A: Same as this one. I’ll read the rest of this when I come back from this break.)
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article from Dr. Crippen in Britain from the Guardian newspaper who said, he ain’t taking the shot and neither will his family and he goes through the reasons why. He talks about the last farce of swine flu outbreak in 1976, Fort Dix where it says a vaccine was hastily manufactured. It had to be withdrawn a few weeks later as it was causing serious neurological problems. Many people got paralyzed with it, a lot of teenagers too.
It had to be withdrawn a few weeks later as it was causing serious neurological problems. Science has moved on since then, you may say. That could not happen now. (A: That’s how folk think now.) But, if governments have confidence in the safety of the vaccine, why has Kathleen Sebelius, the US Secretary of Health and Human Services, felt it necessary to sign a document making federal officials and vaccine makers immune from lawsuits related to any ill-effects from the vaccine? (A: Why it that?) Why has the UK government sent letters to neurologists asking them to be on the alert for neurological complications caused by the immunisation? (A: For this safe shot…)
I did trust the government when it introduced an emergency vaccination programme for smallpox. But smallpox was a deadly disease and the vaccination was tried, tested and proven. The swine flu immunisation is being rushed out. It is of uncertain efficacy. It is to be given to prevent a disease which, as yet, is mild. (A: That’s what should make us all think, what’s the big hype and overreaction? It’s the same with the terrorism thing, right. A small band of terrorists and the WHOLE world is under martial law. All OUR lives have been changed by it. We’re all under Homeland Security of one sort or another. Overreaction… it’s because it’s planned that way. Different agenda under way, you see.) The second wave of swine flu may be worse. I do not know. But I do know that, if the virus mutates to a more virulent form, the immunisation may in any case not work. (A: That’s what I’ve said for months and months and months. It goes against ALL the reasoning in vaccines. If it mutates into a killer disease, you would then have to get the killer disease and create a vaccine for THAT. The present one ain’t going to help you. The mild one ain’t going to help you against a mutated one. So what’s really going on here?) We are in the run-up to an election. The government has to be seen to be doing something. (A: He thinks it’s just politics, which is nonsense.)
Every year, like obedient sheep, thousands troop into their local health centre to have a “flu immunisation”. You may have had one last year. Did it work? (A: This is the doctor talking.) I am amazed that there has not been a public outcry of people saying, “Excuse me, I had a flu jab last year and I still got swine flu.” (A: See, that technically should have covered you from the present mild flu IF you took last year’s flu shot because all flus are related to some extent.)
Millions of trusting citizens may have the new swine flu immunisation. If something goes wrong, as it did at Fort Dix, we could have a major medical disaster.
Dr Crippen is the pseudonym for a long-serving GP. Every week he will bring us a first-hand account of what’s really happening in the NHS.
Lastly, if can fit it in. I’ll put this link up for the nurse’s rally against mandatory swine flu vaccines in Long Island.
LI nurses to rally against mandatory swine flu vaccines
September 21, 2009 By DELTHIA RICKS delthia.ricks@newsday.com
Dozens of Long Island nurses – many from Stony Brook University Medical Center – plan to rally with health care workers from across the state next week in Albany to protest a state regulation that mandates they be vaccinated for swine flu or lose their jobs.
I love democracy, where you have all these choices. Right? We’re post-democratic, you see. Post-democratic. I hear the music coming in. I’ll put all these links up on my web site so check them out for yourself, go through them; there’s lots of good information there.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
September 26th, 2009
Alan Watt as Guest on “The Secret Truth” with George Butler
The Secret Truth. Through forgiveness we awaken. Transforming information and knowledge into wisdom. And now our co-host Charlotte Littlefield and George Butler.
George Butler: Welcome to the Secret Truth. I’m George Butler. Charlotte Littlefield is off tonight, and I’m here. Sitting on my left is Charles, assisting me this evening with this broadcast. Welcome, Alan Watt, to our program, and tell us a little bit about yourself, and some of our new listeners out there. What are you about, Alan Watt?
Alan Watt: I’m about reality, as opposed to media fiction and planned agendas. So, I’ve spent a lifetime basically studying the geo-politics, you might say, of not only past history, but the present, where it’s supposed to go. And you find that really, we don’t just tumble down through space, in this old mud ball of ours, and things just happen on the spot. Things are always planned, on a major event at least, always in advance. And we’re going through a planned agenda for a planned society, a planned world. Since 9/11 kicked off the New Century, the Century of Change, we can see how it’s affected the entire planet. Every country in the world has gone along with the same anti-terrorism law. It really is doing nothing more than training us all, every society, every civilization into obeying the same system, as we go into a world type government. A vastly reduced consumption or consumer society, of course, is all part of it. The greening agenda. In other words, the so-called equality they’re bringing in, is a form of Communism, you might say. Collectivism is what they call it themselves, as we go into a post-democratic and into an era of global governance as they call it, from the United Nations. This is all a plan. We know all the big associations and foundations are part of it. Many of the big players themselves have published books on it along the way over the years. And we’re living through the greatest changes in history, and most people think it’s just to do with economies crashing and so on. It’s nothing to do with that. It’s all planned that way. Money is a fiction to begin with. And all the major bankers that lend to all the countries, are all part of this big game, and you might say they’re the masters of the plan in economy.
George: This process, this G20 that’s just concluded up there in Pittsburgh, what do you see coming out of that? What’s your comments on this G20 meeting?
Alan: Well, to be honest with you, the meetings themselves don’t count for much at all, because all the legwork is done for months, maybe years sometimes in advance, with the bureaucrats. These characters meet, they give a stage show for the public, and simply sign the agreements that the bureaucrats have laid up for them to sign. As I say, it’s a script that we’re going through. As they train the public we’re global, we’re all global, and in fact, if you notice in all the media, I think every single newspaper mentioned the national leaders as global leaders. It’s little changes like that, that they give you, that’s conditioning you all that you’re now under a global system, and there’s no such thing as having truly a national leader. So it’s a stage format that they have, the same thing that they have at the United Nations for their world events there, their annual meetings. Staged formats for the public, where everything is pre-scripted, long in advance, with all the treaties signed, or ready to be signed by the politicians when they arrive, and the little speeches they make are all written by speech writers anyway, who know the agenda, and that’s why they’re all on board with the same world domination goal.
George: I got you. Alan, we’ve got a hold over. Dennis, we’ve got a questioner on the line, and we held him over through the break. Could you take a quick question from Dennis on the line right now, Alan, and then we’ll get on back to the topic?
Alan: Yeah, sure.
George: Yeah, Dennis, what’s your question? I know we held you over through the hour and Bob Chapman is gone right now, but Alan Watt is our guest now in this second hour. What’s your question? Is it relevant to what we’re talking about?
Dennis: Well, thank you for having me on.
George: Yeah, I didn’t want to ignore you, so, you know, this is your platform now, Dennis.
Dennis: Well, I went on the internet to your site to see who was coming in on the second hour, and I listen to Alan all the time on one of the other, RBN…
George: Oh, he’s great.
Dennis: One of the networks, and I’ve heard him before, like on Alex’s show. So I immediately had a couple of very relevant questions.
George: What are they?
Dennis: One would be about how has that 9/12 gathering of, you know probably 1+ million in Washington, DC, effected, you know, I mean these guys, they make plans, but you know, man plans and God laughs. You know, they have to probably adjust. And you know, how would a gathering like that, which was very peaceful, in which even the military guys probably would have defended them.
George: Yeah, what about 9/12, Alan? What’s your view on that? What’s your comments?
Alan: Well, there’s no doubt, they will take notice of things, as you say, and they will sidestep a little bit, or back track and then come back again with other obnoxious bills and laws, and all the rest of it. In fact, they admit themselves, they take the pulse of the public, every day now, on every topic, because they study the internet and what’s being said between people. It’s instant retrieval on every topic, as far as they’re concerned, so they do make adjustments. But, there’s no doubt about it, that this is such a long-standing agenda, and we’ve seen the build up of internal armies. They’re ready to crack down on all kinds of riots. These guys mean business. And believe you me, they’re not going to change their direction, by being nice to them. There’s no doubt about that. They’re not going to change direction at all and backtrack, or throw it out the window, or ever listen to the public, when they say, this is what the public wants, that’s not going to be even considered here. Post-democracy, post-democratic societies, and this is what they’re calling it at the top, is a really new authoritarian society, where experts have the mandate and the authority to rule over us, and we’re supposed to just simply jump, and obey them. That’s the society that they plan to bring in, even over a hundred years ago, when they set up the League of Nations and then into the United Nations. And the Club of Rome, that all the Big Boys are associated with, the Rockefellers helped set it up, the Club of Rome. They said in their own book, which is called the First Global Revolution, they came up with the whole global warming scam idea in the 70s, they said, that would fit the bill. They had nothing else. They’d looked at all kinds of scenarios to bring society under their thumb, to save the world, and they said they hit on global warming, “that would fit the bill.” So these guys literally had it planned a long time ago. Look at all the propaganda we’ve been fed for years now. Children in school are getting indoctrinated with this propaganda, and that’s all they’ve heard for the last few years in school. So they’re going to grow up to be young eco-Nazis, very shortly in uniforms, bashing the older folks on the heads, for burning a piece of wood in their fire, to keep warm in the winter. I’m not kidding. These characters literally are bringing in a New Soviet. It’s a World Soviet system, an upgraded Soviet. There’s no doubt about it. A world run by experts and they will literally tolerate no opposition from any other factor. They mean business. And when you look into the militaries’ think tank projection for the US and Britain, for the next fifty years, and they’re both on my website in the archives section, at cuttingthroughthematrix.com, these guys predict riots starting in 2010. And escalating all the way up to about 2030 to do with food shortages, because five agribusinesses that are owned basically, the shareholders, the massive shareholders of the five agri-food businesses are the banks. The five, the thirteen banking families, they can create food shortages. And they’ll create many other shortages besides, and bring us down to the global village plantation. They mean business.
(Commercial Break)
Alan: Hi, I’m Alan Watt, and trying to connect, still get back the connection with George. His line was dropped there, so I’ll continue talking about this topic. What we need is a lot more meetings, across the U.S. and other countries, on a more frequent basis; that really will spread the word faster. When the viewers at home, this is the problem, we’re in the TV age. Like that ad that was on before, everybody is stupid because we watch TV, but most folk are. That’s their reality. It’s the only reality they have. They believe everything on it. But when they see the mass demonstrations going on, more and more frequently, they will get curious as to what really, really is going on. And that’s how you get to the majority of the public. And I think too, people should start bringing their children too, as they did in the 60s, and 70s, and 80s, with the anti-war protests. And that to an extent will offset the image they’re trying to create in the media that it’s all anarchists and crazy people who are demonstrating these days. When they see families there, they don’t look like anarchists and violent people to you. Plus, it helps to keep the law enforcement off their backs, because they’re itching for fights these days. We’ve got a generation, who have been trained almost from video games onwards to grow up, waiting to get the black suit on and the big armaments, and the authority to go out bashing heads. And they’re dying to do it. So we have to keep that in mind as well. The culture has been changed, deliberately, weaponized you might say, for the time that we’re coming into today. Now. Hello?
George: Yeah, hello. Welcome back. Welcome us back. Thank you, Alan for carrying the program for me. I appreciate that.
Alan: Yes.
George: Okay, is Dennis still on the line? Dennis are you still there?
Dennis: Yes, Mr. Butler. Mr. Watt. I’m still here. I had another question.
George: Okay, give us that, real quick. We’re getting to the end of this segment, go ahead.
Dennis: I like that Mr. Watt did bring a good spin to the 9/12 there. We’ve got to have more of that. I like that. Maybe he might want to talk about this more later, too. In light of your vast knowledge about how these guys operate. I like the work of like Mr. Richard C. Cook, and others along that line, of to bring in a new non-debt based financial system, which would be an Achilles Heel for the system, because obviously, they’re financing, because they own the money, the system. And how can we use the knowledge we have of them to be the Achilles Heel and to have, and to begin a bottom up, as Richard Cook’s system has been called, a non-debt based financial system. I’ll hang up and listen to the answer. Thank you.
George: Thank you, Dennis.
Alan: Well, we truly have to clean out shop completely with the old system, and clean them out as well. There’s no doubt about it. The Big Boys, who own the Big Banks, I’m talking about the International Financiers, also run foundations. And foundations run the non-governmental organizations, which is a form of the Soviet. That’s how the Soviet was run, rule by councils, NGOs, and the leaders of the NGOs were picked by the Politburo. The difference in the U.S. and across the world, is the foundations fund the NGOs into existence, and they pick the leaders, and they pretend to speak on behalf, and demand from government, things from government on behalf of the public. In other words, they’re not elected to anything. It’s a Parallel government. That’s what Professor Carroll Quigley called it. And it’s also what Margaret Thatcher called it, a parallel government. These are the thousand points of light that George Bush Sr. talked about. He said there’s a thousand points of light working towards this goal. He’s talking about the thousand NGOs, backed with the big foundations. We have to get rid of so-called philanthropists running the show. We’ve got to get rid of the United Nations, which was just set up by this same cabal of philanthropists to bring in a world government which they will dominate. And we’ve got to stop obeying all the laws of the United Nations, because every law that every country that signed on in 1946 or 1945, every law that’s come down the pike, right down to your building codes, social laws, child care, all that kind of stuff, comes from the United Nations. And no one elected them in. We’ve got to get rid of them all together. And if there’s to be a world forum for discussion, it should be something else, and not run by the bankers, and the top guys placed in there by the bankers too. We’ve got to get rid of the whole kit and caboodle and start from scratch. And there’s no doubt about it, these guys knew, a long time ago. When they set up the GATT treaty, the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs, they’d already decided, long before it, probably 50 years before it, that they would then finance money into the Third World Countries, mainly China, to set it up as the manufacturer for the planet. So every leader in the world signed on to the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs, knowing darn well that they were selling out all of their manufacturing capabilities, and putting them offshore to China, when they did it. They also knew the aftermath that would come, when they put us into a service economy. A service economy cannot compete with a manufacturing economy. Can’t do it, and economists all know this. So these guys knew what would happen afterwards. They knew that we’d float for a while, they threw credit cards out to fill the gap, to keep us all playing ourselves, while the world system is getting put into shape. And then they pulled the plug at the end. And we’ve all been through it. We’ve seen what they did. They all knew this was coming, to bring in as I say, this New World Society with a vastly reduced population. That’s all we’ve heard on mainstream, across the world now, is the Optimum Population Trust, Prince Charles, and all these other organizations belonging to the Optimum Population Trust, the eugenicists saying we’ve got to depopulate. We’re not dying fast enough. We’re going sterile very quickly, but we’re not dying off fast enough to suit them. We’ve got to get rid of all of these guys because they all belong to the big foundations. And they’re backed with trillions and trillions of dollars by the international bankers who own the foundations. We’ve got to clean shop altogether. You can’t have some kind of Republic or a Democratic Republic system, if you’re going to have this side, parallel government of multi-trillionaire philanthropists, running the show on the sides. That’s what we’ve got to do.
George: Well, thank you very much Dennis, for your questions and helping us carry the program this evening. Thank you very much. Call in again, next week. Okay, Alan, do you think they’re moving too quick with this plan….
Alan: No, no.
George: And it’s causing the public to react like tea parties and other manifestations?
Alan: No. I think they’re right on target. In fact, especially for the last fifty years of the 20th century in academia, they kept talking about the century of change that was coming up in the millennium. Well, the millennium really was kicked off in 2001, not 2000. All the scientists said that, it starts in 2001. It started with the Twin Towers. It was kicked off right there and then. Every country went on with the same, on board with the same agenda at the same time, with the same anti-terrorism laws, which was nothing more then a complete takeaway of freedoms of all their citizens across the world, under the guise of protecting them from terrorism. Now we’re all under suspicion. We’re all watched night and day, through the internet, our phone calls are monitored, everything. This is a police state. The world has been turned into one vast police state, under the guise of terrorism, because this is the Century of Change. And these big boys have planned this for so long, believe you me. The reason that they’re banging things through right now, is because the public are in a form of sort of shock, a mild shock.
George: Have they been traumatized? Is that’s what’s happened? The public has been traumatized, by 9/11 and subsequent things.
Alan: Yeah, it’s one thing after another. Bank crash, coming flu vaccine.
George: Trauma based programming, yeah. Hey, we’ll be right back. Thank you Alan Watt. We’ve got to cut away here. Thank you very much for being with us this evening.
(Commercial Break)
George: Welcome back to The Secret Truth. I’m George Butler, along with Charles.
Charles: Heeeyyyy.
George: Yeah, Dave in Montana. What’s your question for Alan Watt? Hello, Alan Watt, welcome back to our program.
Alan: It’s a pleasure.
George: Okay, Dave in Montana, are you there. Yeah, is he there?
Dave: Hello?
George: Yeah, Dave in Montana, what’s your question?
Dave: Oh, how you doing?
George: Yeah, what’s your question? We’ve got Alan Watt as our guest this evening.
Dave: Yes, my question is, I think the ultimate objective of the Big Boys, is to get the Old Silk Trail opened up again, like interstate highways, trains, oil, pipelines from the Kashmir, from the Hindu Kush all the way to Istanbul. And if you look on the map of the Old Silk Trail, the only spots that’s not open is Iran, the Kashmir, and the Hindu Kush, Afghanistan. And I think they want to tap into China, and China, you know, this is big bucks to get on the road transportation, because there’s a real big competition between the ocean and land, and you know, they want an interstate system probably from China to Istanbul, and the only way to do it is to get the biggest baddest army in there. And they’ve got to make up all these terrorist threats. And these guys, the terrorists are the ones that are going to be wanting some money from the Big Boys for allowing them to come through their territory and so they’ve got to make them the Bad Guys and get them out of there.
George: Well that would be quite a toll road, wouldn’t it? Hey, Alan, what’s your comments? What’s your ideas about that question?
Alan: There is definitely a resource war going on, between the Big Boys. They’re making sure that they grab it all for themselves, across the whole planet. Because the government they’re bringing in, a world government means that they also, the Big Boys themselves will have control and ownership of all the resources across the entire world. They started this back in the early 1900s with the Cecil Rhodes foundation. They actually sent guys across the world to take over the diamonds, the gold, the mineral rights of Africa and different countries. And they haven’t stopped yet, because under this world government, they, the same people, their descendants are planning, and it’s actually under way right now, we the people across the world will be absolutely on our knees to them for everything that we need to live on. That’s what it’s going to be. That’s going to be the big stick, from your food, your water, to everything that you need for personal survival. It’s what they call interdependence. Not just national interdependence, but interdependence. You hear that all the time now in their speeches. That means that you must be part of their system, and you’ll be dependent on them for everything that you need for your personal survival in life. So he’s right there, that they’re after the resources. And they’re right too that they’re going to eliminate any country, any system that hasn’t come on board with the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and has tossed its religion out the window. They’re all getting hammered right now, because the world has to be standardized under one system. That’s what they’re pushing. And he’s right too, pipelines will definitely cross those countries, and any oil in Iran, or elsewhere, will be sucked right out of it, and piped along to other countries, and the same with Afghanistan. And Afghanistan too has always been very, very important, because it’s a kind of crossroads, and highly defended by the various mountain tribes. They’ve stopped everyone from Britain from getting in there, even in the 1800s. However, they’re also the biggest exporters of poppies for the opium trade, and that goes into heroin as well.
George: Do you think Alan, that part of the battle there, is over control of that production of opium, the poppy fields, do you think that’s what’s playing out in the background at times?
Alan: There’s no doubt about it that when the Taliban were in charge of themselves, they banned the growing of the poppy. And when the U.S. and Britain went in there, the first thing that Bush Jr. did was to lift the ban on growing poppies. That was all over the national media. And the troops were sent in to guard the flow of the opium coming out of there. Most of it goes to France, Marseilles. The French Connection movie was a very good one, it did show you how it’s done. Marseilles is where they process it into heroin.
George: I think the route is to the West, is it not, through some of those countries from the Northern part of Afghanistan to the west into Europe and France and so forth.
Alan: Yes. You also find that Albania was being used for a while too, to transport the same drug through into Europe.
George: Okay. Dave, does that answer your question? Okay, well, thank you very much Dave. We’re broadcasting live up into Kalispell, Montana. We’re in Canton, Ohio, also Akron, Ohio. We’re in Austin, Texas, Tulsa and Oklahoma City. And we want to thank all of our listeners out there. Alan, what kind of activities, what are you doing right now? Are you writing anything new? And I know you’re on the air a lot. Is there anything new, an article or a book that you’re working on, that you can tell our listening audience about?
Alan: I’ve got a book out, it’s called Waiting for the Miracle. It’s a compilation of a lot of history in there, and it’s also going out in Spanish and Portuguese versions, probably next week. So that’s up there for sale, as well. But I’ve got hundreds of hours of audios, talks that I’ve given over the years, anyone can download for free at cuttingthroughthematrix.com. When I go over a lot of these topics in detail, I use, I never speculate. I don’t use conspiracy. I use the books put out in memoirs of big players who work for the foundations, who still work for them. The Brzezinskis, the Kissingers, these kind of boys. And I go into the history of when really they got under way in a coordinated effort, a concentrated effort, as I say, beginning in the late 1800s. Literally with a plan to take over the entire world, to bring in a controlled world society, where basically, those who believe they have the right to rule, those who have the intelligence and the money and the power, have the right to rule. They will be doing exactly that. There will be no such thing down below, in this massive, multi-layered, bureaucratic system, with social services. There will be no room for you or I or anyone else to have any personal free decisions and choices to make. It will all be done for us. That’s what they mean by their controlled society. It’s a hell on earth they’re bringing in. And we’re living through the implementations of this. We’ve seen lots of it, already. And the big players throughout the years, like Lord Bertrand Russell, wrote about the system. He worked for the Big Boys. He was affiliated with the Royal Institute for International Affairs; Council on Foreign Relations is the American branch. And he wrote about the society they’re bringing in, how they’d train the children, they’d indoctrinate the children with a scientific indoctrination he called it. Julian Huxley was another member, the first CEO of UNESCO, whose job it was, he says, to bring in a new society of children, train them in a world globalist society to be good, obedient, basically Socialists, who would worship their government, a world government. And these boys all wrote about this in their own books. We’ve lived through every phase, almost every phase of this plan, except for the depopulation part, and the mandatory sterilization, which they also talked about, and so did Mr. Rockefeller’s family. I think each generation of them, they’re still pushing yet for depopulation on a massive scale.
George: Yeah, Charles has a question about something on your site.
Charles: Hey, Alan. Charles, George’s assistant here. I see on your website, Cutting Through the Matrix, lots of photos of chemtrails in the sky, and I’m just curious what you think they are. Are they for weather modification, are they to make us sick, or some other purpose, perhaps?
Alan: Well, I’m sure they could use many purposes for the same thing. They always get a big bang for their buck, so they have lots of things to do with it. Definitely weather modification has been going on openly now, since about 1998, across the U.S. and Canada, on a daily basis. They also are using Tesla technology, HAARP technology along with it. And you’ll find that even Brzezinski talked about that in his own book, Between Two Ages, they’d use this HAARP technology and spray the skies with metallic particles to make it more conductive and effective.
George: Okay, Alan, we’ve got to cut away, and we’ll be right back for our last segment. Thank you for being with us this evening.
(Commercial Break)
George: Welcome back to the Secret Truth, I’m George Butler, along with my assistant….
Charles: Charles.
George: Yeah, welcome back, Alan Watt. We’ve got an in-studio question for you. Larry, what’s your question for Alan Watt?
Larry: Mr Watt, I was just wondering how Barack Hussein Obama fits into this equation with the Big Boys? How they’re planning him to be a world leader? He seems to be very charismatic all over the world, and he made a grandiose speech over in Berlin, and some people consider him like another Kennedy or something like that. What’s your thoughts on Barack Hussein Obama?
Alan: Well, he himself, Barack talked about one of his mentors, his main mentor as being Brzezinski. And Brzezinski said years ago in his own book that eventually the U.S. could be controlled, if we just put forward the right person with the right charisma, and build up a personality cult. Well, you’ve seen it in action. That’s what that is. You’re seeing a personality cult. And Obama has been trained for this position. He was pre-picked at the Bilderberger meeting, and he’s doing exactly what his scriptwriters have told him to do, his advisors. There’s no president out there today, hasn’t been for years and years and years, that could ad lib and say things off the cuff. They all stick to their scripts, and they have expert scriptwriters writing for them. The guys who know the real world agenda are the scriptwriters. I’d prefer if they just fired all the presidents and prime ministers across the world, bring forth the scriptwriters, and we could all give them Oscars, because they do the work. It would be cheaper too.
George: Yeah, this cult of personality build-up is unprecedented from what I can tell. What’s your opinion?
Alan: Well, sure. They can make any unknown a walking god overnight. It’s just using Hollywood techniques. They use the same kind of techniques to create stars in the movie industry, or in the music industry. And it’s not difficult at all when you’ve already got a massive, powerful, very wealthy organization backing him. The boys at the top have backed him with incredible money, so it’s a must-be.
George: What do you say, Larry, like those children they were teaching songs to. Did you see that?
Larry: Well, it’s frightening, it’s scary. I also saw some videos where children are praising Lenin, and praising Kim Il-sung and Hitler back years ago. And when you watch this where they’re praising Barack Hussein Obama, it’s reminiscent of all of this. And I was just wondering also what your thoughts are on this birth certificate of his? Why won’t he show a valid birth certificate to the American people, you suppose?
Alan: Well, he’ll get away with it too, but yeah, he can’t bring it up, because he doesn’t have it, obviously. And it’s so funny too, when you hear him talking about my country, and so on, you wonder if he’s talking about Kenya, or which one. But it doesn’t really matter to the public anymore. Most of the public don’t mind, I think. They live in a twilight zone. One radio host in Canada, I was on his show recently, got fired off the station for bringing up that topic of Obama’s birth certificate. The Canadian government is so tight in with this left wing, this Socialist World Agenda, they actually put pressure on the station to fire the host. And he did get fired.
George: Okay, we’ve got another question here from an in-studio audience. What’s your name and what’s your question?
Eric: My name is Eric, and my question is: With the swine flu vaccinations, is this part of the population control tactics, or anything like that, or is this more of a mental mind games to see how far people will go, and see how far they’ll comply with the demands given to them. Or see how they’ll willingly give themselves up to something, such as vaccinations, like this.
Alan: I think it’s both, actually. When the League of Nations was set up by this world, same bunch again, the big foundation leaders, back at the end of World War I, they set up the World Health Organization then. And one of their mandates was to mandatorily vaccinate everyone for everything across the planet. That was taken up into the United Nations with the same agenda, but again, you’ve got this free choice thing, and free will, and they don’t like that at the United Nations. We’re being trained to go along, and just be obedient and allow them to do whatever they wish. This is a new scientific type dictatorship, a rule by experts, and that’s the world they’re bringing in. All government agencies will have authority. They have authority now. All ones that don’t even belong to the government, like children’s aids, have authority. They’re backed up now with SWAT teams. That’s the system we’re living in. But I think also, to be honest with you, looking over the history of vaccinations, and the real history of vaccinations, you have to go into the Lancet and the various medical journals themselves to find them. It’s a horror story. Bertrand Russell and Julian Huxley both said, in the 50s and 60s, that they, these boys at the top, would have to bring the world down to a manageable size. And they discussed ways of sterilizing the public. They said they could either use the needle, that’s the words they used in their own books, the needle, injections, or put it in their food, or put it in their water supply. Personally I think they’re doing all of it, but I think also, because of recent statements coming out of the United Nations, and from the mouth of John Holdren that was appointed as the Science Czar there, now John Holdren put out a book in the 70s with Paul Ehrlich, and it was called Ecoscience. Now in it, John Holdren, this was a scary thing. This guy now is the top advisor for all science to Obama’s administration for the whole of the U.S. And Holdren advocated mandatory sterilization by all those means I’ve just mentioned. He said it would be more tricky in the United States. He says, in the Third World Countries, they’re too ignorant. They’ll go along with it. They’re better educated in the U.S., so we’ll have to be very devious about how we do it and implement it. But they also said, we’ll have to also not just think about preventing births, he says, we’ll have to think about death care. Meaning shortening the lifespan of people. So I think we’re going to see all of this come out with this kind of stuff. I think they’re putting stuff in us, and different gene types will die off faster than others, because of it.
George: Do you have any follow up question? Okay, well, thank you very much for your question. Charles, did you have any comment on anything so far?
Charles: Well, before the break, we were talking about chemtrails, and the crux of my questions were, is this for weather modification, is this to make us sick, and if you want to talk about other Tesla like technologies, I’d love to hear your thoughts on this, Alan.
Alan: Well, there’s no doubt it makes you sick alright because people have been getting sicker since the 90s with this, when they really stepped up the spraying. You’re breathing in Barium, Aluminum Oxide, and various other metallic type particles, pretty frequently now. Now recently, they’ve talked about geo-engineering and doing this very thing openly in the papers by using these particular metallic particles, in order to supposedly alter the climate for the better. But in reality, whenever they tell you they’re thinking of doing something, they’ve been doing it for years. When you add in the works of Teller, Teller was the inventor of the H bomb, and he worked at the Pentagon, and in his own writings, he advocated using this very method of not only altering the weather for warfare purposes, wiping out farm areas and so on through flood or drought. You can do either, but he also said, this will make the atmosphere more conducive to spreading ELF type signals across whole continents. And therefore, by using the HAARP, or ELF technology, they could actually send signals out across a continent the size of the U.S. and either tranquilize the public if they wish them to be tranquil and placid, or else make them rather angry, or even depressed. And that’s in the official statements at the Pentagon, in the writings of Teller. So I think they’re doing all of this right now, because the public are far too placid, when you see what’s happened to them since 2001. It’s as though they’re in a Twilight Zone, and I’m sure they’re using it. If you use short wave radio at all, this is when we first picked up that the Soviets were using Tesla technology and beaming it across to the West, back in the 70s. It was called the Woodpecker Effect. And you could hear this on your Ham radio. Today, you can hear it 24 hours a day, and it’s the most powerful signal on the shortwave radio. And it’s been going like that steadily since 2001.
George: My gosh. You know, are the Earth’s people, are they in a delusional state or what? Are they awake, or are they into a deep sleep? What’s your opinion?
Alan: They’re in a Twilight Zone. I like that ad you have there, in fact. It says, “are you stupid? I was diagnosed stupid.” That’s a very good ad, that. Because you watch TV. Most people’s reality really comes completely from television. And Brzezinski again, we must always read the books by these big players, because they’re still on the go yet, with geo-politics. Brzezinski said that shortly the public will be unable to think for themselves. He says, they’ll only be able to repeat the previous night’s news to themselves in the following day. And he said, shortly they’ll believe that the media is there to do their reasoning for them. Well that has happened. And he wrote the book in the 70s.
George: Hey, Alan. You know a recent television program was canceled after two episodes, and it was about models. About models, so maybe there is hope for the world in the future. Thank you for being with us, this evening. And thank you Charles for assisting me. And Alan, you hit the nail on the head….
Alan: You’re fading out, but it’s been a pleasure being on, George.
George: Thanks very much, Alan. Good Night.
Brandon: Hi Alan. Thanks for taking by call. I wanted to let you know that I got off the anti-depressants and I’m doing pretty well right now. Everything seems to be working out. I think that they build it up more in your head and make you think you can’t succeed in getting off of them but in reality you can.
Alan: Have you had any physical effects at all?
Brandon: Just kind of like feeling a little bit lazy, I guess.
Alan: You’re not getting a little panic? A lot of people find panic attacks when they get off these heavy anti-depressants because they really do interfere with the different chemicals in the brain. It takes a while for your brain to start producing its own various chemicals to take over again. Sometimes they get the occasional panic attacks. But if you do, apparently it’s normal.
Brandon: I haven’t noticed anything like that so far. I think I’m doing pretty well. I was just reading through this book called The People’s History of the United States. I don’t know if you’ve heard of it.
Alan: I may have. I even may have it, in fact.
Brandon: It goes over all the atrocities at the hands of… starting with Christopher Columbus.
Alan: That’s right.
Brandon: It’s just amazing how the Indians were living so well and it’s just like good versus evil. All of a sudden these Spaniards come on shore and start terrorizing them.
Alan: Commerce came in. That’s the whole key. A SYSTEM of commerce and law with a pecking order came in and you’re right. That starts the whole thing. They’d already conquered Europe long ago and then it was time to do it to the Americas. Thanks for calling; there’s the music.
So from Hamish and myself from a very, very wet and well-sprayed Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Remember what Skinner said, that to alter people’s behavior, you must alter something in their environment.
There’s callers here on the phone. I’d better grab them before the time is up. It’s amazing how this time flies in here. There’s Rachel from North Carolina. Are you there Rachel?
Rachel: Hi Alan. Thanks for taking by call. I love calling you. I wanted to call you about something because I just couldn’t believe it. I went into the grocery store the other day and I encountered the climate change scam firsthand. I went up to the counter and the lady asked me, as she always does, if I brought by own bag. Of course I said no. She says well, starting October 1st, we’re charging you 5 cents a bag. I looked at her and I said, why, to punish us? She says, well, you know because of your carbon footprint. We now have to charge you 5 cents a bag. I just looked at her. The other guy at the counter says, oh yeah, it’s only 3 cents a bag, but we saw a profit making opportunity so we tacked 2 cents back on so that we could make a profit too.
Alan: Yes.
Rachel: I love how… It pissed me off so much. I was running and I’m thinking about it and I remember before, every time I came in I wouldn’t have any bags so she said well don’t worry about it because they’re biodegradable. So technically, if you think about it, what carbon footprint? If her bags are biodegradable to begin with, then what am I paying for? You know what I’m saying?
Alan: Yes. It’s an utter con. They’ve done it across Canada too and the US and the world in fact, they’re all cheering. Even though I’ve got studies here from the guys who deal with the garbage systems saying it’s only .001% of all landfill is garbage bags. It’s negligible. The fact is, all the businesses are jumping on the greening for massive profit, as you say. Before, the grocery guys had to buy it themselves. Now you are buying it FOR them AND giving them a profit on top. So you’re quite right. Bags have been biodegradable for years as they get thinner and thinner. By the time you pull it away from the checkout counter, whatever is in it is already falling out the bottom.
Rachel: Exactly. You can’t even hold the groceries anymore.
Alan: Hold on and we’ll talk about that when we come back from this break.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking to Rachel from North Carolina about the farce of our carbon footprint to do with paying now for your bags from the grocery store. Actually, you’re paying for their profits as well. It doesn’t cost them anything now to purchase them. Again, it’s also training the public that you’re now paying at the beginning… The whole idea is getting you used to the idea of paying a carbon tax on even a plastic bag to START it off. Eventually, we’re going to be paying carbon taxes and carbon footprints on everything we purchase. What they’re saying is, do you know how much energy went into creating this plastic bag and how much carbon and such went in and global warming and greenhouse gasses… from these big oil companies. They’re all oil byproducts. The guys who created the whole environmental movement OWN the oil companies. So it’s amazing to see this system taking off, this farce taking off. I think they can make the public believe anything eventually. It’s true. Bertrand Russell said that with adequate government action, the people can be made to believe anything. Unfortunately, it’s true.
Rachel: What’s interesting to me is how nobody notices that these fines and fees trickle down SO easily and quickly down to us when it comes to… The climate change bill went through and all of a sudden, I’m paying for this stupid bag. When it came to the bailouts I didn’t see anything. I didn’t see any of that money coming down. None of it.
Alan: No.
Rachel: They give this abstract thing in the news, like corporations are going to be charged for the carbon credits. So we should always translate that. Whenever they say a fine or a fee for anything for the corporations, IT’S US because it’s going to trickle down to us anyway.
Alan: It’s us. Here’s the farce… the Economic Union Parliament gave all the big international corporations millions of dollars worth of FREE carbon credits to exchange to get them into it and since then, the papers have reported that all of these international corporations with trading carbon credits have made multi millions of dollars of PROFITS from it. We can’t do that at the bottom, but they can at the top. See, there’s nothing ever designed for the public. In fact, it’s all designed to push you into the dirt. That’s what it’s designed to do.
Rachel: I had one other thing I was going to talk about too which is totally unrelated. I went to New York City for the 9/11 We Are Change event. Luke Rodowsky, he had us go out to Time’s Square to pass out literature. I was there passing it out and there was this big barricade where most of us were standing. Then I was kind of on the outskirts just walking around because people were coming up from the subway and that kind of thing so I was passing out the literature there. These cops come out and they basically bulldog me and tell me that I have to get behind the barricade. I said it’s a free country; I’m just passing out literature; I can do this; I know about the first amendment. He tells me that if I’m at a protest, I have to be behind the barricade. So I told him, I’m not at a protest; I’m here passing out literature. Then he says, you’re blocking pedestrian traffic. I said anyone can walk around me just like they can walk around you and anyone else on the street so I’m not moving. [Laughing] I mean, I’ll move if someone wants me to but no. So then he just gets this confused look in his face and then just walks away to his superior and starts telling him what I said. What’s strange to me is that he walks around like a Rottweiler. They must be trained to do this because they’re so obnoxiously predatory.
Alan: Predatory is the word. They are taught that there are them and us and their job is to be predators upon the people. You’re quite right. They’re training the public now that you are prey and you’d better obey. That’s all they’re training the public to do now.
Rachel: I did feel some victory there that he eventually walked away when I KNEW that I had rights. But I bet if I wouldn’t have known, he would have been just as happy with me behind the barricade.
Alan: He would have. Thanks for calling. That’s the end of the show.
So from Hamish and myself from a very soaking wet Ontario, Canada, with all the spraying, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Alan: We’ll go to Charles in Toronto. Are you there Charles?
Charles: Hi Alan. It’s Charles in Toronto, a very rainy Toronto, much like Sudbury I guess.
Alan: Yes. I’m building an ark right now in fact.
Charles: Yes. We’re starting to float. I wanted to thank you for all the work that you do. It’s really helped me. I realized that one has to be outraged to what they are doing but one cannot become enraged because that destroys your equilibrium and you can’t talk to other people about it if that’s the case. Or you’ll drive people away. It’s a growth process we have to go through and it’s almost like accepting death in a way. You just have to balance one out. I’ve got a couple of questions for you. Do you know of or have you mentioned a document that was written in the early 20th century pertaining to the new world order, talking about the 3 world wars?
Alan: I’ve mentioned, supposedly it was put out actually in the 1800s by Albert Pike. As far as I know, it’s the early books around the 1920s to the 30s to the Second World War. They used to show photographs of it. I was kept in the Museum of London. Then during World War II, they moved everything, supposedly for safe storage from the bombing and the blitz. When stuff came back a lot of other stuff happened to be absent. So until you get the old books that had the photographs of them, under the glass there and so on, now it’s down to speculation; because unless you’ve got the proof, you just don’t know.
Charles: Right. That would be a great document to show any disbeliever.
Alan: You can go into the writings of HG Wells who talked about the need for a world war. Right after World War I, he wrote another book and he said it’s not enough, the public haven’t given up their sovereignty, their right to be ruled by the experts, so we need another war, another world war.
Charles: Yeah. You’ve also mentioned that the Beatles work was largely commissioned by people other than them and a lot of the music industry, if not all of it, is put together for propaganda purposes. I’ve always been a big fan of Bruce Springsteen. I know that you have his song at the beginning of your show. Is he part of that too?
Alan: Well, with all musicians that are put to the top, if you start with groups and bands, they are always going to give you a persona and they build it up through propaganda, of course. It’s propaganda, an image, a style, that’s you, you are the working man with the sleeves rolled up and the pointed boots on. That was given to him too. You just don’t do all that yourself. Even the direction of your music will be to cater to a certain audience or even a class of audience. Theo Adorno had the copyright of all the Beatles songs right up until he died. Paul McCartney tried to get a hold of it after he died. It went up for auction but it was Michael Jackson who beat him to it. So he owns, presently owns the rights. It’s still in his family right now. It will be going up for auction again soon and I bet Paul McCartney will try to get it back again, you wait and see.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Benito Mussolini Recruited by MI5: the name’s Mussolini. Benito Mussolini
Documents reveal Italian dictator got start in politics in 1917 with help of £100 weekly wage from MI5
Tom Kington in Rome guardian.co.uk, Tuesday 13 October 2009
That’s been made public by the new books from declassified information. I’m waiting for the next one to tell us that Hitler was also one of their boys, but we might have to wait another few years for that one; it depends if the public are ready or not, or if anybody remembers who he was. This article shows you how they are going to just use this new fascist technique of indoctrination, just mass indoctrination on the children to give them a completely new version of how the past was, a different past, a very… well, almost a Disney past I suppose. It’s about the European Union, now that they’ve basically steamrolled over everyone, they are doing all the way for indoctrinating all of the children into a new society, with new realities, not the old-fashioned stuff of their fuddy-duddy parents. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just showing that corruption is normal; it’s always been this way but it’s just that you’ve been taught to perceive it differently. You’ve been taught that there are holy people up there with suits and ties with lots of letters behind their name and doesn’t matter if they’re real or not; that’s irrelevant. You’ve been trained that somehow they have halos and they walk on water and they’d never tell a lie, something like George Washington. Unfortunately it works with most people. We can’t believe that they’d go to these lengths to con everybody, but that’s what psychopaths do; it’s a gift they have and they use it all the time. They can’t help but use it.
Just before the break I mentioned about the incredible aerial spraying that’s been going on since 1998 full time, basically, in Canada at least. I literally could fill up hard drives, one after another, with all the photographs from across the planet, where other countries are getting it too, really badly. You talk about it to people who, again, they can’t use their own perception. They never look at the sky. If they do, they will literally dismiss what they see because these are the people who really believe if there is anything that concerns them that the media would tell them and if the media doesn’t say anything about it then it’s irrelevant and they dismiss it from their minds all together.
However, when the same media tells them that they are going to bioengineer, shortly, in the future… They are talking about bioengineering the whole atmosphere to save the planet from global warming, cooling, or things in between, and you bring up the topic and they’ll say, Oh, yeah, they are going to do that. The same people who denied it all together, oh, yeah they are going to do that because it was in the news, but they are not doing it yet. So they wait again for the media to tell them… and that won’t happen, of course. Those people you have to write off. They are GONE. They can’t use their own eyes or their own minds. They have to look for the experts to confirm something for them or tell them something. As soon as they do, they will believe it, even if the stuff is bogus they will believe it, like a swine flu pandemic across the planet. They will believe whatever the media tells them.
Unfortunately, the majority of the public are there. That’s what’s called ‘the dead.’ In every religion, ancient religion, they talked about ‘the dead’. There are many allegories of it given in story form of ‘the dead’. ‘The dead’ weren’t people who were in the grave. ‘The dead’ were people who walked around and did what you thought were normal, everyday things but really they were oblivious of a reality around them, or who was running them, or who benefited from them, from ruling over them, and they were oblivious to the techniques used to control them. They are the dead. They have always been the dead, down through the ages because the techniques are ancient, absolutely ancient.
The dead, unfortunately, will go into, never at the vanguard of a novel religion; they will tag in towards the latter end when it becomes an authorized religion. Then they tag in and it becomes customary. They are really cultural religionists. Whatever the culture is and the present religion, they adopt it for that time… because they don’t want to be left out of the group, you see. That’s why, also, they create religions today. They create them, like Gorbachev talking about creating this new religion, this earth-based religion where people will worship a form of earth worship. A FORM of earth worship which ties in sustainability, depopulation and all the rest of it. This is a guy who admits he is an atheist, in the same book. He says, we are creating a new religion for the people. And it works. They can be honest as can be about certain things, occasionally, and people will never retain that. They want to think something else about these people. It’s the strangest phenomena; it really is.
Whenever Little Red Riding Hood pulls the hood back from the face and it’s a wolf, you should remember that is a wolf, even when it puts the hood back on top of its head. And you can see why Pike said what he said. Those who will not use their own minds, intellect, perceptions, brain if you like, are meat in the table and beasts of burden by choice and consent. That’s a truism. It’s a truism.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve got a caller from South Korea, Suzanne. Are you there Suzanne?
Suzanne: Hi. Thanks for taking my call. I just finished reading your Cutting Through series and it’s excellent. The reason I’m calling, I also just finished reading a book, The Dark Side of Christian History by Helen Ellerbe. Are you familiar with it?
Alan: I don’t think I’ve seen that one, no.
Suzanne: I got is as gift from my brother and it was very eye opening. It’s about the crusades, the inquisition, the witch hunts and it’s amazing how history repeats itself. Much of it here we are seeing today was experienced by those people back then, which of course the inquisition spanned 600 years or whatever. The priest class of that time is now the scientist and big pharma and the bureaucrats of today.
Alan: That’s right.
Suzanne: If you don’t believe in global warming, you don’t believe in their vaccines, you don’t believe their story of 9/11, you don’t believe in their AIDS scam… instead of them labeling you a witch or a heretic, they label you a terrorist or mentally ill. It’s quite amazing.
Alan: Or a denier. You’re a climate denier. You’re quite right. I’ve said that for years; the new priesthoods are the white-clad scientific priests. They are just front men of course for the big corporations that fund them, all the big pharma companies and all the rest of it. You’re quite right. It’s the same system. It’s more perfected. Look at the incredible financing… we’ve got a bigger team of military to interrogate the whole planet here than the Catholic Church ever did with its inquisition. It’s a terrifying thing to look at but you’re quite right. Not only that, they are going after the young too to make sure that they don’t have any, what they’ll call, politically incorrect ideas. Everyone has to come out with the same stuff; just like George Orwell put in 1984, as he’s being tortured, so that you’ll say 2 and 2 does not make 4, it will be whatever they tell you it is.
Suzanne: Yep. 2 plus 2 equals 5.
Alan: That’s it.
Suzanne: There is this one quote by Thomas Jefferson. It’s in the book. It says, “In 1785 Thomas Jefferson wrote,
“Millions of innocent men, women and children, since the introduction of Christianity have been burned, tortured, fined, imprisoned yet we have not advanced one inch towards uniformity. What has been the affect of such coercion? To make one half of the world fools and the other half hypocrites.”
So true.
Alan: Yes. Oh it is. There’s no doubt about it. It’s amazing too that when they have a world under their belt, they’ve got to find problems within ALL of society. The Soviet did the same when they closed their borders of the greater Soviet Empire. You’ve got to find enemies within. Everyone is a potential enemy. That’s the exact system they came up with at the Club of Rome for this new global world order. To maintain power at the top, they’ve got to create or find enemies. It’s a war OF terror on the public we’re witnessing right now.
Suzanne: Yeah. Very scary. It’s coming to Korea too.
Alan: Yes it is. It’s coming from all over the place. I was watching the problems over there they’ve had with their unions trying to get work, etc. One guy set himself on fire in the video I watched there. It’s a WORLD WIDE thing because the same big corporate holders, these internationalists, have factories across the whole planet and big businesses. They simply move once a cheaper place comes along; they just move lock, stock and barrel and YOU collapse behind them. That’s what’s done there.
Suzanne: Thank you so much for taking my call Alan.
Alan: Thanks for calling and you take care.
That’s the brave new world that’s coming in and people WON’T believe it even as it’s happening to them and believe you me folks, it is happening to you. They just haven’t knocked on your door yet or taken it off by the hinges.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada where HAARP and the weather modification is taking effect, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
The real climate change catastrophe
In a startling new book, Christopher Booker reveals how a handful of scientists,
who have pushed flawed theories on global warming for decades,
now threaten to take us back to the Dark Ages
By Christopher Booker / 25 Oct 2009 / The Telegraph
It goes right through the whole farce, the history of this small clique of scientists who were recruited to start off the global warming scam. It’s a very, very good article with various facts. He even mentions the fact that when it was debated in the House of Commons in Parliament just the other day – and pushing the global warming thing and how the whole country and the world will have to change to cope with it and all society – it was snowing outside Parliament. He says it’s the first time in 74 years. Regardless, as I said years ago, I don’t care if you’re up to your neck in snow, they’ll keep pushing their agenda because they never change it. It took too many years to plan it all. After they’ve achieved their goal, it doesn’t matter anyway if it sleets, snows or they give us drought; they don’t care. IT’S TO CHANGE SOCIETY so’s you are ruled the way they think it should be ruled… you know, PERFECTLY… that is, their way.
There’s Antonio from Maryland. We’ll try and squeeze him in. Are you there Antonio?
Antonio: First I wanted to mention something about… you were talking about the bankers. There seems to be a group of people out there that’s trying to push for auditing the Fed. I don’t think they realize that would just speed up the changeover to a one-world currency.
Alan: Yes. You’re right on. They often USE other groups to push and promote the very system they want to bring in.
Antonio: If I can, I wanted to read a forward from – you always say you find a little good piece of something in a book here and there – this is a forward by Aldous Huxley for a book a gentleman wrote. I wanted to read that real quick if I could. The book is by Dr. Ashley Montagu. It says,
The book possesses two great merits rarely found in alternate discussions of human problems where most writers oversimplify. He insists on the principle of multiple, interlocking causation and where most assume that facts will speak for themselves. He makes it clear that facts are mere ventriloquists, dummy-made to justify any cause of action that appeals to the socially conditioned passions of the individuals concerned. These two truths are sufficiently obvious but they are seldom recognized and for the good reason that they are very depressing to recognize. The first is to recognize the fact that there are no panaceas. Therefore, most of the golden promises made by political reformers and revolutionaries are illusory. Two, to recognize the truth and the facts do no speak for themselves but only as man’s socially conditioned passions dictate is to recognize that our current educational processes can do very little to ameliorate the state of the world.
I’ll leave it at that. The book from Man’s Most Dangerous Myth and is by Dr. Montagu.
Alan: It’s an old thing. Even Bernays says the same thing himself. He hired the first well-known names – they actually weren’t well known at the time – but they were authoritative figures on vaccines to get the first vaccine campaigns going in the US. He tells you how he did it; again, terrifying the public. The authority figures, oh, from the University of so-and-so. They even created front groups like the Association of Vaccine experts with a whole bunch of medical titles to impress the public. Nothing has changed. Nothing has changed, they use their emotions. Afterwards, even when they’re caught, it doesn’t matter; they’ve achieved their goal and they’ll say that the facts are irrelevant anyway.
Antonio: You have a good night Alan.
Alan: You too.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Quotes from “The Green Agenda” (green-agenda.com)
“The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.”
– Club of Rome, premier environmental think-tank, consultants to the United Nations
(A: That’s the premier environmental think-tank set up to find an agenda, find possible scientific, sci-fi solutions to it and they are the consultants to the United Nations.)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(A: They have all these professors on the board of this international policy study group on climate change, the IPCC. Here’s what one of them said, Professor Stephen Schneider.)
“We need to get some broad based support, to capture the public’s imagination… So we have to offer up scary scenarios, make simplified (A: See, we’re all very simple at the bottom.), dramatic statements and make little mention of any doubts… Each of us has to decide what the right balance is between being effective and being honest.”
– Prof. Stephen Schneider, Stanford Professor of Climatology, lead author of many IPCC reports (A: for the United Nations.)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.”
– Timothy Wirth, President of the UN Foundation
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony… climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”
– Christine Stewart, former Canadian Minister of the Environment
(A: These guys all get their salaries off this con game.)
“The data doesn’t matter. We’re not basing our recommendations on the data. We’re basing them on the climate models.” (A: You know, the specially made computer ones that give them the answers that they want.)
– Prof. Chris Folland, Hadley Centre for Climate Prediction and Research
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“The models are convenient fictions that provide something very useful.” [Alan laughing.]
– Dr David Frame, climate modeler, Oxford University
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(A: Al Gore, the guy who was given the job of being the front man for all of this by his big pals at the top. He’s quite the allegory isn’t he?)
“I believe it is appropriate to have an ‘over-representation’ of the facts (A: Meaning a massive exaggeration.) on how dangerous it is, as a predicate for opening up the audience.”
(A: So terrify them all with this coming catastrophe by over-representation because it’s not a catastrophe at all. It’s to bring us all under a new system of slavery, folks.)
– Al Gore, Climate Change activist
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“It doesn’t matter what is true, it only matters what people believe is true.”
– Paul Watson, co-founder of Greenpeace
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Unless we announce disasters no one will listen.”
– Sir John Houghton, first chairman of IPCC
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“The only way to get our society to truly change is to frighten people with the possibility of a catastrophe.”
– emeritus professor Daniel Botkin
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(A: What a con it is. The whole world is just a big stage of comedians.)
“The climate crisis is not a political issue, it is a moral and spiritual challenge to all of humanity. (A: So it’s a spiritual challenge, you see.) It is also our greatest opportunity to lift Global Consciousness to a higher level.”
– Al Gore, Nobel Peace Prize acceptance speech
(A: Guess who’s guiding the whole way… this new religion of greening and so on, of depopulation and starvation for all… except them of course. They made a good job in Russia, the Soviet system, didn’t they?)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis…”
– David Rockefeller, Club of Rome executive member
(A: Boy, he’s in all these top, top organizations isn’t he? He funds all these organizations across the planet. His big PR crew – I think he hires ALL of Madison Avenue – come out with the T-shirts and distribute them all to school children all across the world, the same banners across the world so they’ll all be on TV across the world at the same time demanding government do exactly what Mr. Rockefeller wants. [Alan laughing.]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Humanity is sitting on a time bomb. If the vast majority of the world’s scientists are right, we have just ten years to avert a major catastrophe that could send our entire planet’s climate system into a tail-spin of epic destruction involving extreme weather, floods, droughts, epidemics and killer heat waves beyond anything we have ever experienced – a catastrophe of our own making.”
– Al Gore, An Inconvenient Truth
(A: Boy, oh boy.)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“We are getting close to catastrophic tipping points, despite the fact that most people barely notice the warming yet.” [Alan laughing.] (A: That’s because we’re all cutting back on our heat because you’re punishing us all for using energy.)
– Dr James Hansen, NASA researcher
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“By the end of this century climate change will reduce the human population to a few breeding pairs surviving near the Arctic.”
– Sir James Lovelock, Revenge of Gaia
(A: The Gaiaist, you see, mother earth.)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Climate Change will result in a catastrophic global sea level rise of seven meters. That’s bye-bye most of Bangladesh, Netherlands, Florida and would make London the new Atlantis.”
– Greenpeace International
(A: What did they say, scary scenarios eh?)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“This planet is on course for a catastrophe. The existence of Life itself is at stake.”
– Dr Tim Flannery, Principal Research Scientist
(A: What’s going to get us first, the bird flu or the heat waves or whatever, eh?)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Coal makes us sick. Oil makes us sick. It’s global warming. It’s ruining our country. It’s ruining our world.”
– Harry Reid, U.S. Senate majority leader
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Climate Change is the greatest threat that human civilization has ever faced.”
– Angela Merkel, German Chancellor
(A: Boy, they have all their clowns in the right places at the right time don’t they? They always do though don’t they?)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(A: Barack Obama, the guy who’s never even run a french-fry outlet or a fast food chain. Nothing, you know. Suddenly he’s an expert.)
“Climate change is real. Not only is it real, it’s here, and its effects are giving rise to a frighteningly new global phenomenon: the man-made natural disaster.”
– Barack Obama, US President
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(A: Arnold Schwarzenegger… oh God, look at all the movies he’s been in, disaster movies where he slaughters everybody.)
“We simply must do everything we can in our power to slow down global warming before it is too late.”
– Arnold Schwarzenegger, Governor of California
(A: They’re all on board aren’t they?)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(A: Of course, Prince Charley boy who’s been in trouble recently for basically selling off a whole township of villagers [laughing] so something can get built in that place instead… after all his spiel about saving the environment. That’s another story.)
“Climate change should be seen as the greatest challenge to ever face mankind.”
– Prince Charles
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(A: Gordon Brown, the Fabian.)
“Climate change makes us all global citizens, we are truly all in this together.”
– Gordon Brown, British Prime Minister
(A: The exact conclusion that The Club of Rome came up with when they came up with their whole scenario and I’ll read it from the beginning, that first one again. It’s so important.)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.”
– Club of Rome, premier environmental think-tank, consultants to the United Nations
They’ve got to get good excuses for bringing you into poverty, into a world of servitude. They’re bringing down the food supply. They will bring it down, bit by bit. They’re banning meat all together. They said it’s going to be a vegetarian world. They’re paying farmers to grow bio-fuels. Bio-fuels… even though they’ve said in their own Agenda 21 that only authorized vehicles in the future, authorized, essential vehicles will be on the road. WE won’t be driving. It’s all a big plan to stop and halt and bring down the food production and leave the big 5 agri-business boys in control of all food supplies in the world. Then they will ration it out to you. Yep. That way you can fight global warming and fight the ice age. You can fight who ever they bring along, and all the flues, you’ll be fighting it all, and you’re ‘all in it together.’ You’ll get your rations every week but you MUST serve the world state. Each region, as they marked off the world in, is to be dispensed its food in a quota system. They’ll bring down the quota every year and say, ‘oh, we just can’t feed the world.’ ‘So it’s up to you, that region there, to bring down your population. How you do it is your problem, but we can’t help, sorry.’ I’m not kidding, I’ve read their books; I know where it’s all going. I know where it’s all going.
Now we’ll go to the phone. There’s Ari in Tel Aviv. Are you there Ari?
Ari: Hi. I just had a quick question. What are your thoughts on how Australia will go into the planned agenda?
Alan: Australia is to go right into this Far-Eastern bloc of countries. That was planned; even Karl Marx talked about it. The Royal Institute of International Affairs sent out and started a section for them, like the Council on Foreign Relations but a section called the Institute for Pacific Relations. They were working with China and all the Far-Eastern countries for the last 80 years on this very project of bringing in this bloc that they just now have announced… It’s well underway. They have the machinery set up. Now it’s just a matter of formalities going through and propagandizing the public into the necessity for security sake. ‘No country can go it alone,’ for pandemics and all this kind of stuff, or even for security. So they’re getting lumped in with that, but China will be the boss over them and Japan. Their biggest problem, of course, is getting Australia, the citizenry, gradually worked up to the acceptance of this, and Japan as well, of course.
Ari: Where do you think we’ll be the last place or maybe the safest place to be once things really get underway? I seems like it’s a really scary situation right now with what seems to be about to happen in the United States. So, I’m just wondering if there were any other places that you thought might be a better place to kind of shelter it out.
Alan: You’d have to go to almost a third world country that doesn’t have the machinery of military, police, officialdom, bureaucracy or money to implement the totally controlled society that all the other countries, the so-called first world countries, have. And countries that are not too interested with oil or anything like that, at the moment. That’s what you’d have to look at. There are only a few places left to be honest with you and then you’d maybe have to rough it. You can’t just run off to get a doctor or a hospital any time of the night or day. If you’re willing to do that, you could probably live the rest of your life before they eventually catch up and doing the same there. Those will be the last countries where the money gets pumped in and the rapid deployment forces move in to bring in the same system.
Ari: Okay. This is kind of an unrelated topic. I saw a video of you on YouTube talking to a gentleman by the name of Cold Creek and I’m not sure if you’re familiar with the video but he was a caller into your show and he was talking about the Masonic influence on culture creations and hip hop in particular. He mentioned KRS1, there was some discussion about that and I saw some imagery, some videos about him as well. But I also know that he works, or he’s… I don’t know how closely related he is but I know he’s involved with Alex Jones who is supposedly fighting an information war against this planned agenda. Do you have any other thoughts about that?
Alan: No. He just called in a couple of times. I never looked up his information. I’ve spoken to lots more, rappers and different people in the industry. I know exactly how they’re being managed. They’re quite right with Masonic influence behind it all. Most of them are encouraged to join the O.T.O. Most musicians are and they have been since the 60s. Thanks for calling. I might look into that myself later.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada where it’s pouring rain with the heavy, heavy spraying and then down comes the rain as always, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
I’ll go to the phones and there’s Andrea from New York. Are you there Andrea?
Andrea: I’ve persistently been reading something about Jean-Paul Sartre and he had a falling out with Albert Trumeau because of he was a communist sympathizer. That he denied the purgings of Stalin and that he was involved in this tribunal, war crimes tribunal with Bertrand Russell about Viet Nam and the US. I was just wondering what you think of him?
Alan: Of which one?
Andrea: Sartre.
Alan: They play games, these guys at the top. They even stage oppositions to each other along the way. So you’ve got to really look behind it and what their final philosophies actually were. To me, communism is communism. The only difference that some of them had was either the Trotskyite system or the Stalinist system. That really was where the difference came with some of them. Most communists today are Trotskyite. The UK and MI-6 and the CIA employed lots of the Trotskyite ones. They were for perpetual revolution, incessant revolution to take the whole world over, whereas Stalin kind of dug his heels in once he’d got the basic Soviet Union together and he was going to take it much slower. I’ve seen arguments before between the different leaders of different, slightly different doctrines, literally stage shows for the public. They’ve done this along the road. So you can’t really… you’ll never really get the whole story on anything except what you glean for yourself.
Andrea: What about existentialism? I don’t know very much about existentialism really. Somebody was talking about it recently to me and just meaninglessness and atheism. I thought of Sartre and that and his sympathies with communism… and the new world order. It’s really a new secular order, right?
Alan: Technically in a sense, it is for those near the upper management level, but not the bosses. They are Humanists and Existentialists. Now, when you go into the Humanist websites – and you should look into them – they give you the tenants of their beliefs so they do have beliefs like a religion. They are also falling right in with the Communist Manifesto, communist agenda where the intelligentsia have the right to manage all the lesser peoples beneath them. THAT’S WHAT THEY ALL AGREE ON. All of them agree with that. But they do have a religion at the top, above even the Humanists and maybe sometime I’ll come out into that and explain it. That’s a deep, deep subject. Thanks for calling, Andrea.
Andrea: Thank you.
Brandon: Hi. I was going through some of your blurbs and I guess I got kind of confused at some of the connections that you make with words, the English language. You were mentioning about… the example I’m going to give is about ‘justice’. How it was like they put you on ‘ice’, ‘just ice.’
Alan: Yes. That’s what they say, when you hold someone, you put them on ice.
Brandon: You said justice was like jousting.
Alan: It’s from jousting. That’s right. It’s a jousting tournament with the two champions. See, the peasantry could not defend themselves. You were not allowed to get on a horse and fight a Knight. Only Knights could fight Knights. So you had to find a champion, and actual Sir or a Lord to speak on the peasantry’s behalf and he’d do that by having a joust with the opponent. That’s why you’ve got lawyers and that’s why you’re told to shut up and let the lawyer speak for you. You’re a peasant; you’re not allowed to speak there.
Brandon: These aren’t like your own opinions or anything. You obviously got this from…
Alan: You can find it in dictionaries. It’s good too if you go through… See, they’ve change the meaning of words generation by generation. When you get the really old dictionaries, they’re absolutely fascinating. When you get the old, complete collection of dictionaries, even in the 1800s, there were VOLUMES of them, like a set of encyclopedias just on words. Like George Orwell said, over they years – in 1984 – it comes down to a thin, thin book… so it’s linguistic minimalism until we can’t even EXPRESS ourselves anymore.
Brandon: It’s all based on occultic or Masonic language?
Alan: There’s Masonic wording. There’s Cabalistic wording all through it. There’s anagrams galore. They love that kind of stuff… and how they string sentences together with different words and how they’ll pick the first two letters, etc in every word and then you’ll get another one and other little hidden, funny messages to each other in them. That’s been very, very common over the years. Yeah.
Brandon: I actually find myself doing… just kind of reading into things a lot more. My mind is open now to see this kind of… I’m not really quite comfortable with it, even myself, because now my mind is kind of always probing everything. I know you said you have to figure out ways to kind of calm yourself, so you can’t go too fast.
Alan: That’s right. You can get excited and it is exciting when you catch on to a lot of the little games that are going on. It can be fun for a while but don’t let it overtake you.
Brandon: I made a trip to Honduras a couple of years ago. It just struck me right away, I just liked being around people where I didn’t understand. It hit me that the English language seems unnatural, the actual language.
Alan: It is unnatural. It is unnatural.
Brandon: It seems like there is… it doesn’t flow smoothly. It seems robotic almost.
Alan: It is. Ultimately, when they put it together… Really, they got it out to the public by using Shakespeare – I always say the group called Shakespeare because it wasn’t one guy. He introduced I think 180,000 words into the language… at the same time as they put out the King James Bible. They literally were updating the language. But now, they’ve just minimalized it until it’s just a basic worker bee language for basic working and no more. You’re right.
Brandon: It just seems like an inherently evil language. I hate to say that.
Alan: You’re right.
Brandon: I’m not off when I say that. That’s actually true.
Alan: I know. I know. Thanks for calling.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Maggie: Hello. I did not catch what it was that you said that Ronald Reagan signed into law. It was in the context of a book that some Israeli rabbi has written.
Alan: This book was written just recently but they mentioned the 7 laws that Gentiles are to follow. Most Gentiles don’t know it. When Ronald Reagan was in, he signed the 7 Noahide laws, Noah.
Maggie: He signed them?
Alan: Into law, for all US citizens.
Maggie: For all US citizens and not just Christians. Is that correct?
Alan: That’s all US citizens.
Maggie: Where do we find them? How is it spelled?
Alan: It’s Noah-hide. I think it’s N-o-a-h-i-d-e. If you do a search on Wikipedia they’ll give you the details and Ronald Reagan and all the links that you can check up for yourself. You can also check up, do a search for them in the newspaper columns and Google and you’ll go back into them.
Maggie: It sounds like a completely illegal act.
Alan: It was actually approved by Congress.
Maggie: Really?!? And nobody heard about it?
Alan: Well, the important things aren’t heard.
Maggie: Of course not… yeah. Okay. [Alan and Maggie laughing.] Okay thank you Alan.
Alan: Bye now. The important things are never mentioned really, by Congress. Now there’s Ray from Wyoming there. Are you there Ray?
Ray: Hello. This lady is still baffled by this law that you were talking about with her. If the Americans, or US citizens, actually knew what laws they were subject to, they would be up in arms tomorrow.
Alan: It actually says in Noahide laws, if you break the law they can cut your head off. That was passed by the Congress. [Laughing.]
Ray: I wouldn’t doubt it. I mean, there are so many things that we as a country have been subjected to that if the normal citizenry knew it, they would just revolt.
Alan: I know, and you know something? It’s SO endless. It’s scroll upon scroll. It’s like toilet paper. Law after law after law, reels and reels of it, that you just don’t hear until they are implemented.
Ray: Years ago when I first started reading some of the UN documents that we adhere to and that were proposed and which many of them now are laws that we are subjected to, it was SO unbelievable that you couldn’t fathom it. But see, the law is passed but they haven’t enforced it. But it exists and that’s what people don’t understand. We basically have legislated our country out of existence.
Alan: You’re quite right. And when they signed the Treaty, in fact, in San Francisco in ’46 I think it was, every country that signed on to it KNEW DARNED WELL it was for global government. They signed away their sovereignty right there and then. They agreed to sign every treaty the UN would put forth from then on. They agreed to all of that absolutely. I was to end national sovereignty.
Ray: I used to listen to Alan Stang and basically I was made aware of him through the Birch Society. You know some of the things that he brought up was like ‘enforce the peace.’ How do you enforce the peace? All these things have come to be and people do not believe it. We’re going to perish inch by inch. Was that TS Elliot who said that?
Alan: We are. We’re also the straw man. We’ll go out with a whimper, not with a bang. That’s true.
Ray: They continually assault us with these laws. There’s going to be the NGOs that are sitting back there that just coming up with one after another after another. I mean, you get one little victory and you think you’ve accomplished something but you haven’t accomplished anything because they’ve taken an end around it anyway.
Alan: They have. When you have one thing, they have 10 other similar things on the go with different names. You’re quite correct. The NGOs are just the fronts for the big foundations. You’re quite right. Thanks for calling. That’s the end of the show and the music is playing.
So for Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
I’ve got a caller there, Lorilee from Alberta. Are you there Lorilee?
Lorilee: I understand your toilet paper comment because I’ve actually bulked up. My boyfriend thinks it’s kind of funny.
Alan: It’s a good idea. [Laughing]
Lorilee: I’m thinking so. I’m thinking so. The reason I’m calling is I noticed in the past and I hate to bring up H1N1 because it drives me crazy but it seems to be the primary topic on the news whether it’s paper or television. I’ve noticed in the past that you’ve made quite a few comments about MS. Now, I have MS. I’ve gone through the internet and I’ve been trying to do research and finding out the connection that you’re making with H1N1 and MS. I’ve spoken with physicians; everybody seems to be supportive of the vaccine. I just want to hear what you’ve come across because I can’t seem to find anything.
Alan: Well, muscular sclerosis, also called disseminated sclerosis, first really was studied in the Hebrides in Scotland. What they noticed was that people who worked with the sheep often got muscular dystrophy or sclerosis and there was a similar thing that sheep had called swayback. They wondered if there was a viral connection. We know, for instance, the symptoms of it; they’re unmistakable. With multiple sclerosis you have inflammation along the myelin sheath nerves of the nervous system. They eventually become massively inflamed and then after a while they become sclerosed, they become fibrous tissue, scar tissue. They end up with getting different kinds of partial paralysis, sometimes total, sometimes there’s a remission for a little while. But it’s hard to get it cleared up all together and they don’t know how to do it to be honest with you. You get spontaneous remissions. When you look at the symptoms of the coming down with the shots, and they’re already… there’s woman in France now being reported that now has the Guillain-Barre syndrome as they’re calling it. In the States too, a guy just came down with it and there’s different people. These are the ones that have hit the news; other ones are being suppressed. For that to be is basically a reaction against something that was put into their body. It causes the exact same symptoms eventually of muscular sclerosis or disseminated sclerosis. The same thing; the inflation in myelin sheath, the paralysis, including speech at times as well, and with the vaccination type you seem to go almost into a latter phase of it immediately. In other words, something massively inflames the myelin sheath much, much faster than any other way of contracting multiple sclerosis.
Lorilee: Okay. Alright then. Well, that makes sense. I can see that, just because of who I am, my disease and I do have other friends that have it as well and none of us are getting it because we are all getting so many mixed stories.
Alan: What they put it down to too, the multiple sclerosis and so on, they’ll often say it’s some kind of auto-immune disease. Whenever they don’t know what’s causing it, at the bottom level of medicine… from that I mean the professors down; that’s the bottom level of medicine. The higher levels of medicine are up in the warfare departments because these are they guys who make a lot of nasty concoctions to wipe out whole populations and so on and they really, really do. That’s what they work at. They know darn well what the effects of inoculations are. It’s well understood that there is something that they are putting into the body that causes an auto-immune problem in the first place. Now, all these vaccines are meant to do is what? It’s to do with your immune system. It’s like a detective story. If I was okay before this, what happened recently? Well, have you changed your diet? Have you gone off on holiday abroad and caught some strange exotic disease? Or did you get the injection? And the injections come up every single time.
They’re altering your immune system and with this time, the squalene which is in it by the way… They got approval to put quite large quantities of squalene in all these shots, for the US for the first time in particular – we’ve already had it in Canada. Squalene, it’s an artificial type squalene. Ordinary squalene is found in the body, but it’s found in your joints primarily. This weaponized – and it is weaponized squalene they put into you – to supposedly make your immune system go to war with the traces of virus they put into you. What happens with most people, your body doesn’t stop going to war once it’s attacked all this lab-created squalene. It goes looking for your natural squalene in your body and you end up with rheumatoid arthritis, and other auto-immune problems as they call it. So this is all well understood at the top but facts won’t matter. When they spend billions of dollars on marketing strategies to terrify a public worldwide, you know there is something BIG behind it.
What’s happening… I’ve got some links I’ll even put up tonight from vaccine sites, very, very good vaccine sites by the way. One is the NVIC. They go through the panic creation that was done with this. They go through the facts that came out. They even admitted, it says here, a veteran investigative journalist at a major new network published an interesting report about the fact that 83-97% of all specimens of suspected H1N1 cases that were sent to the CDC by state departments for lab confirmations from the spring to the summer came back negative. Not only for H1N1 Swine flu influenza but also negative for ANY kind of type A or B influenza. That’s when they told them – when that study came back and that was published at the time; I did mention it on the air – that’s when they told them to STOP taking specimens, just classify everybody with a snotty nose as having Swine flu.
Lorilee: Okay. Well, thank you very much for answering my question. Thank you for all your hard work and take another caller.
Alan: Thanks for calling.
Lorilee: Thank you. Bye bye.
I should also say about this NVIC, it’s a good web site because it goes into some of how the FDA got involved and how even the CDC got really started up and how they used early cases from the early 1900s to establish their authority over the American people. It was the same in every other country by the way, all through the British Empire as well.
They also have a site here and I linked up to it and it’s from the Food and Drug Administration to do with the implantable medical chips and I’ll put that up tonight. Implantable medical chips, they call them electronic transponders. That’s why they even use these names so’s you do a search and you can’t find anything unless you have the exact right name. How they are allowing anybody, any manufacturer of these chips to go ahead and start selling them without testing them as long as they fulfill certain criteria for the FDA. They could actually just go ahead and start selling them. They mention the different types of chips they have.
It ties in with this other site, the NVIC on inoculations and vaccinations and the history of it – very good site – including the one about the present, supposed flu which seems to be more bogus than anything. It’s to get – down the road – into mandating everyone to get health chips, health chips for our safety, our collective safety. That’s what it really, all this – apart from all the money that’s getting thrown at the pharma – that’s really going to be the end product of it all. You see there already IS – from Bill Clinton’s time on – an electronic register, medical register of everybody in the US, everybody that visits a doctor and so on. It was set up then. This chip will just be an extension of that, and the ultimate purpose for it. It’s going under ‘electronic registry’ for health, on a database. That’s already up and running by the way.
Guidance for Industry and FDA Staff – Class II Special Controls Guidance Document: Implantable Radiofrequency Transponder System for Patient Identification and Health Information
Document issued on: December 10, 2004
Back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. This site, the NVIC, is an excellent web site. It has so much of the facts in here. There is no speculation. They give you the data. I remember reading the article at the time. 83-97% of all specimens, nasal specimens and so on, suspected of H1N1 cases sent to the CDC by state department for lab confirmation from the spring to the summer came back negative NOT ONLY for H1N1 Swine flu but also negative for ANY kind of type A or type B influenza at all. That confirmed, it says what the CDC’s influenza experts said at an FDA meeting in 2003. That 80% of all flu-like illnesses every year are not actually influenza but viral and bacterial infections that look like influenza. I’d add to that hysteria because that’s what they’ve been drumming up is MASS HYSTERIA, mass hysteria. It’s quite something isn’t it?
There’s another article here too. Sanofi, the big vaccine company that actually was a front for Rockefeller too. I don’t know if people realize that these big companies, the majority shares in them ALL are Rockefellers, across the planet. The holding majority shares are Rockefeller and a lot of them are started up by his organization. Sanofi has decided, oh yeah, they’re going to NEED 2 Swine flu shots now; they’ve decided. Now that they are on a roll, you see, and they’re getting cash from government and they’re going to get more cash.
Youngsters will need two swine flu shots, Sanofi research shows
By HOWARD FRANK / Pocono Record Writer / November 12, 2009
SWIFTWATER — New test results of Sanofi Pasteur’s swine flu vaccine confirmed that children under 9 will require two doses to be protected from the H1N1 infection. (A: Remember, before they said that one was okay. But they’re on a roll now, why not just grab as much as you can when the money is flowing.)
The company announced the results of a 42-day clinical trial Wednesday that tested the vaccine on 849 adults and 474 children. The results showed the vaccine produced an effective immune response in both children and adults, (A: Now listen to this…) according to a press release issued by Sanofi Pasteur. [Alan laughing.]
(A: I’ve also got a web site, the big pharma company has gotten together and put up to answer all REPORTER’S questions for the newspapers and television. So here’s the pharma putting it up. I’ll try to find it for you and put it up as well. It will show you where all these brown-nosing journalists get their data from. It’s from the big pharma themselves. But there you go. They want you to have 2. It says…)
The results of the trial confirm earlier data reported by the National Institutes of Health.
The antibody responses, which measure the vaccine’s effectiveness in encouraging the body to protect itself from the virus, doubled in children under 9 after the second dose was administered. (A: This is from Sanofi of course, the guys who make the stuff. Beautiful isn’t it. Oh boy, I’ll tell you, medicine is beautiful when it’s all controlled from the top. As I say, the VeriChip too, VeriChip ties in with what’s coming…
VeriChip Buys Steel Vault, Creating Micro-Implant Health Record/Credit Score Empire
By Jim Edwards | Nov 11, 2009
VeriChip (CHIP), the company that markets a microchip implant that links to your online health records, has acquired Steel Vault (SVUL), a credit monitoring and anti-identity theft company. The combined company will operate under a new name: PositiveID.
Positive ID. We’ll all be getting one of them at the end of all these series of scares.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
I’ll go to the caller now. Is Steve from Connecticut there?
Steve: I just started listening to your podcast recently so I don’t know if you’ve already covered this. I see you have a big background in the music industry. I was just wondering if you ever did a show on the involvement of Aleister Crowley.
Alan: I’ve done quite a few, in the archives section. You might need to go back even a couple of years but I’ve gone through a lot of Crowley’s history and his influence on the supposed music industry. Really, it’s a form of Freemasonry that they had to bring into the youth culture especially those that were helping LEAD the culture. The culture is guided at all times by music and movies and so on. It goes in a deliberate direction, it’s not happenstance. Crowley, his whole thing was to do with mysticism. That was to get the youth into the O.T.O. basically. It was so prevalent. I’ve also done a lot on how the U.S. music industry started, where it started and that Laurel Canyon in the States to show you that even some of the biggest guys there, the biggest people who were put up there as music stars were actually the children from high military families themselves, even though they were pushing all the radical, anti-government stuff. They were all… even Madonna for goodness sake. Her whole family was all into the higher echelons of military intelligence.
Steve: Weren’t the Beatles sort of like involved in…
Alan: I’ve gone through the Beatles too because they were part of the phenomena. What they did was give 2 particular sides as they always do. The dialectic. They gave the Stones for one type of youngster that was still into the sort of yelling, angry kind of stuff, or the show-off stuff. They were kind of immature. Then they gave the Beatles for the other group, the ones that thought they were more intellectual. They actually had stuff in the newspapers at the time about the two kinds competing but they weren’t competing at all. They were just put out to lead their own groups. They were the pied pipers. Theodore Adorno was the guy who owned all the rights of the Beatles songs up until his death and then Michael Jackson bought over the rights to them. Paul McCartney in fact tried to buy the rights when Adorno died but it was Jackson’s bid that outbid him. Now that Jackson is dead, I guess Paul McCartney will be back in again and trying to get them when they go up for auction, which they will go up for auction again.
Steve: What’s your opinion about as far as 2 battling factions within the Freemasons because of… I guess Andrew Jackson was a Freemason. He went after the banks. He had a contradiction there.
Alan: There’s no real contradiction because you’ve got to understand that Masonry really goes into Cabalistic techniques where it’s essential that you USE the opposites to create conflict. It’s the dialect in motion in fact. Things would be static unless you have conflict and out of the conflict comes a synthesis. Then the synthesis becomes the new thesis and then you go on forever. That’s what they call progress but it’s directed progress. So they create the battles, they create the outcomes, then that gives you a NEW thesis to go on with. That’s what communism was based on as well. Same thing. Thanks for calling. That’s the end of the show.
For the other ones I couldn’t get around to, please call back tomorrow. From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
HI folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and we’ll go the phones and take Diana from California. Are you there Diana?
Diana: Yes. Hi Alan. Good to speak with you again. My question specifically is about Special Forces and persons who are or were in Special Forces. You’ve spoken in the past about how they are tested for entry into it and that the qualifications for that involve certain levels of psychopathy. Are the different levels of psychopathy different for different aspect of their job? For example, a Special Forces Ranger who fought against drugs coming in to the US during the Cold War, etc and those who brought them IN, or are they the same but compartmentalized?
Alan: They tend to be really the same but compartmentalized. In fact, I think the case you’re referring to, the guy who had been in Special Forces ended up working for the Coast Guard to stop drugs coming in, then he met a friend who had been in the same outfit as he was, that was working for the other side and CIA sponsored. He thought it was rather incredulous that here they are, both from Special Forces, working for the US government on the opposite side of the fence. Once of them could bring drugs in and one to try and keep them out. When they go through for testing and qualifying into the Special Forces, they’re given psychological examinations of course, but they also must have a tendency to try, always to try and win, to reach an objective where most folk would give up. That’s the kind of stuff they are looking for as well, to be intelligent enough to get their way out certain situations. They definitely are more blood thirsty. I don’t know if people realize that they’re actually taught simply, really to kill without thinking. When the Special Forces were shown in Britain for the first time during a siege in London back in the early 80s – it was actually at the Iranian Embassy in fact I think it was – some of the hostage takers got out with the hostages and the SAS guys were pulling them back in to kill them. Their orders were to kill them, just kill them. It didn’t matter if they were unarmed or giving up or whatever, you have to kill them. So killing is no problem. I also got it from an inside source that the guy who was shot in the London subway, by a supposed special police officer, wasn’t him at all. It was an SAS guy that was sent to execute him. So they will do executions on command. They do certainly select them higher up from within their own sources for even higher compartmentalized units within their service itself for those particular jobs.
Diana: Yeah. I know that they are vetted at the lower levels to see if they can get into the higher levels and that, I can only assume at those higher levels, it get nastier.
Alan: Yes. You can tell by, I think it was Bo Gritz that had his own patriot radio station for a few years – the guy who turned IN the patriots afterwards and blamed them for bringing down the towers because he was a shill. He said himself, he kept talking about the people he’d assassinated. He thought it was all wonderful and he missed those days. I thought, there you go; he’s a real psychopath there.
Diana: Thank you.
Alan: Thanks for calling. It’s quite the world and these people DO exist and they are recruited obviously by those who can use these kinds of guys. Unfortunately they’ve got lots to draw on now from the youth culture they’ve created with video games; they’re all desensitized to killing.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
I’ve got a couple of callers there and we’ll go to Karen in Oregon.
Karen: Hi Alan. At least we got some good news here with all these revelations about this scam in writing so hopefully people will not let that die and keep it going.
Alan: They have no option. If they don’t hang on to this, they deserve to hang altogether.
Karen: I wondered if you had a chance yet to check out anything about Continental Congress 2009?
Alan: To be honest with you, I haven’t. My computer is on the fritz and they give me a dial-up speed on the satellite because I’m getting punished for using it. Hold on and I’ll be back after this break.
Hi. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix and I’m talking to Karen from Oregon. Are you there Karen?
Karen: I wanted to also tell you that I represent a group of people and we’re trying to grow our numbers and gain support for an economic boycott that rolls over the 15th of every month. It’s ‘don’t buy, don’t comply, and ask why.’ Number one is, don’t buy anything on the 15th. I really believe that we’ve got to start playing this game right and we’ve got more reasons than ever now to start paying attention. So don’t buy government lies. Don’t buy anything from big corporations. Don’t comply by rolling up your sleeves for a shot. Don’t comply by being silent. Call up and demand to know why we don’t have… this university should be raided right now; it should be closed down, under lockdown, to gain all the files and everything.
Alan: So should all the ones that were corresponding with them across the world.
Karen: And then it’s, ‘ask why.’ People really need to pick up the phone or write a letter and call up and DEMAND of our representatives, why is this allowed to happen, why are you willing to tax me on a fraudulent basis. Look at the data, look at this conspiracy here. This is ridiculous. So I’m hoping that millions and millions and millions and millions of Americans will finally start to wake up. Imagine the power we could have if on the 15th none of us went shopping. And on the 15th too, they are expecting you to Christmas shop and all these AIG banker guys got bonuses and we get their bills.
Alan: What a bonus they got too. You saw the figures eh? Fantastic.
Karen: It’s ridiculous.
Alan: Billions of dollars.
Karen: What do you think of an economic boycott especially if it builds and if it builds to the point where we can even stay home maybe for 2 or 3 days in a row?
Alan: To be honest with you, if the public could just understand where they’re being taken and where the standard of living is going to be and IN LESS THAN 5 YEARS TIME, they’d have to do something like this and say THAT’S IT! ENOUGH! Buy no gas for a whole week, something like that. Bring everything to a standstill because I know where they’re taking us. We know where they’re taking us and it’s utter destitution.
Karen: It is and that’s why when you can I hope you’ll go to taxfree15.com. It has links to the continental Congress and other things. I’m hoping that THAT will work. Bob Schultz has been, for I think 30 years, trying to hold the government accountable and addressing the fraudulent 1040 IRS tax. It’s such a mafia style government now and it’s a great opportunity I think. Well, I’m thankful this Thanksgiving to have something to really sink my teeth into and hopefully spread the word and thank you for allowing me a say on your show.
Alan: Thanks for calling.
It’s quite amazing because there’s just so much going on right now in the world but it’s all going in the same direction. As long as people can spend the same bucks and get roughly what they expect to get for those bucks, most of them will dream along and the TV comes on and their favorite programs are on, they have no idea what’s in store for them. To be honest with you too, WE’VE GOT TO OVERCOME THE APATHY because remember Bertrand Russell, who worked with all these big think tanks, said that ‘we must create a condition of apathy amongst the public’ and they’ve been very good at it. They’ve pretty well made us all believe that we’re powerless and the special people deal with politics so we should just play at the bottom and not interfere. That’s really what’s happened. We’ve had years and years of very careful and well-directed propaganda and its taken hold and you see it within the general public.
That’s the music coming in so from Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada – where they put in my smart meter so that they can start taxing me more dough – it’s good night and may your God or your Gods BE with you.
HI folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. We’ve got Sam from Sydney, Australia on the line. Are you there Sam?
Sam: Mate, it’s just amazing what’s happening with these emails. What I’m most gob-smacked about is how the mainstream media has actually been handling it. The Sydney Morning Herald has taken point, the Sydney Morning Herald today… You’d think that this would be a bombshell. They’ve been fudging the scientific results. England, that’s actually had a look at the emails, knows that it’s not just one word, it’s not just the use of the word ‘trick.’ These guys have been going out as a PACK, as a GANG, silencing other critics, shutting down debate. Things have been held in their advantage so that they can go out and use the word ‘peer reviewed’ but it’s reviewed by themselves.
Alan: Exactly. It’s a GANG, as you say. It’s a gang and they use the old tactics as you say, of shutting down debates. They’ve tried to say that the debate is closed, there is no more dissention and thousands of scientists are locked out of this argument. It’s a totalitarian regime.
Sam: Just as a citizen, for all these years we have been basically told to shut up, the debate is over and now we realize why.
Alan: We realize why. The public, unfortunately, the public have no idea, at the outcome, if they get their way at Copenhagen, they really have no idea of the hell that’s going to come down.
Sam: That’s right. The Sydney Morning Herald today, rather than even having an article about this put out THEIR article, “PLANET APPROACHING POINT OF NO RETURN, EXPERTS WARN.’ And who do they cite? The IPCC! It’s just crazy.
Alan: The guys, the GANG, that’s just been exposed.
Sam: That’s right. They’ve just been exposed. This is dodgy. Everything should be put on hold. They should just go, ‘hang on, maybe we’ve got our data wrong; maybe all these calls to actually have a look at the data, maybe the debate isn’t over or maybe we should actually have debate before we actually change the entire fabric of the planet.’ NO. They’re just going to go ahead. For some reason, I think it’s a done deal.
Alan: Oh, it’s a done deal. I’m telling you, literally it would take… I don’t care if God himself came down and said it’s all bogus, these guys are still going to go ahead with it because they’ve staked everything on it, A WHOLE NEW ECONOMY, A WHOLE NEW WAY OF LIVING. They’ve already been trading carbon credits at the top for the last 4 or 5 years.
Sam: What gets me is just, you know, when you speak to people about this. They say ‘even if it is wrong, obviously, don’t you support a better planet? Don’t you support a cleaner environment? Don’t you support the third world?’ It just boggles the mind. It’s kind of like ‘Don’t you support the troops?’ Don’t you think that maybe we should actually stop meddling in the third world? Maybe the reason they are in is because we meddled so much. Why don’t we just try leaving them alone? Why don’t we just try not supporting, supplying arms to them? Why don’t we just try actually paying them the fair amount of money to grow their crops or whatever? Why don’t we just stop exploiting them? Why do we always have to control, have a say and control what they do?
Alan: The real reason is that the United Nations, they WANT to have control over the entire world including these countries and they want those countries to be totally dependent in all that they import, chemicals for their agri-business and so on. In fact they want the agri-businesses that exist in the West to take over the ones in the third world countries. That’s why. Thanks for calling.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
I’ve got Terry from Calgary hanging on the phone so I’ll take Terry. Are you there Terry?
Terry: It’s nice to talk to you again. Alan, I don’t like to call too much because I like to try to think for myself to come up with the answer but I’m a little stymied on this one. I was listening to Lord Monckton. He reminded me of Sir James Goldsmith. He came out and spoke against the GATT Treaty in ’94, I think it was. The question that keeps going through my mind is this. You’ve got SIR James Goldsmith and LORD Monckton. Sir James Goldsmith was a billionaire and Lord Monckton I’m sure is very wealthy as well. They are both part of the elite. Why have they turned a leaf, in your opinion, and decided against their conscience and decided that they should come out and say something?
Alan: We’ll never understand the level of machinations that these guys live in. It’s way above us, way above us. Theses guys were brought up not just with silver spoons but with gold spoons in their mouths. They all attended the best boarding schools that the English upper class could offer. They were all guaranteed positions. They went through the best universities too, but guaranteed positions in business. Sir James Goldsmith was known as a corporate raider. He was one of the corporate raiders who literally were going in during the Junk Bond scandals and they were buying companies up, buying the shares of a company, firing the previous owner who had less shares and so on, taking them over, stripping them to the bone and then selling them off again and saying they were efficient. Of course they all collapsed like a deck of cards behind them. But this went on and Sir James Goldsmith was one of them. He also was one of the guys who were highly competitive on behalf of Britain and his friends in the oil industry. These guys, as we know, were involved with the setting up of wars and all the rest of it, for oil. So we’ll never know really why Goldsmith came out. However, they have got great oratory skills; they’re given this at the schools they attend. They’re given a big vocabulary which the ordinary people never even use; never even get a chance to use, never mind learn. They’re also taught debating and the art of speaking, so they can present their facts very, very well. Monckton as well, with Thatcher, as I mentioned before, Thatcher was given her shtick. They thought, well she’s got sort of a degree in science, let’s use that because another Lord says well… other politicians, if they have no understanding of science, you can confuse them with any issue by using scientific terminology, they just go along with you and accept what you’re saying. So she became the champion at that time for global warming which had not even been heard of by other people. In every meeting she went to for the EU and the UN or whatever, she’d always bring up that topic even though it wasn’t the topic under discussion. So it’s odd that Monckton, who again, was a science advisor during Thatcher’s era, seemed to have gone along with it then but now he’s come out as the opposition. We’ll never understand really, at that level, what goes on. It’s out of our league, you understand.
Terry: My thoughts are, I think that Carroll Quigley said, we will always provide you with the opposition.
Alan: They do. They always do. It’s some odd legality. It’s like the presentation of a Perry Mason show. The accused and the defendant and the prosecutor, it’s a game in law. Law is a game the same way. Things are presented TO the public in a legalistic fashion and future historians can then say well, the public were told about this but they went along with it so they must have accepted it and really wanted it. So it’s a benefit for historians and children of the future. Children can look back and say well, I guess it was a good thing because everybody went along, nobody complained.
Terry: Exactly. Well Alan, I’m a little late on my donation. I like to give you a monthly donation. It will be coming in the mail. I’ll let you continue on.
Alan: Well thanks very much. I appreciate that very, very much. Thank you.
We live at a lower level of reality. We never know what’s going on. We’re kept in naïveté really, at the bottom level. That’s the media’s job too, is to keep us down and dumb or else to motivate us to go along with some crisis and get shots for inoculations or whatever. That’s what the media is for. The media is the MIDDLE man. They peddle the agenda to the public at the bottom. We’ll never know how it goes on at the top. People who really think that governments are there to SERVE them are the most naïve of all peoples.
Governments are full of businessmen and psychopaths who get attracted into the big honey pot. All big projects today require grants from governments to get on the go, whether it’s the creation of roads or whatever; it’s all government money. Therefore, these guys always get kickbacks for every grant they that hand out. That’s standard procedure. They have shares in all the companies that get the contracts as well. They say ‘we’re not involved when we’re in politics with it, with our shares; we don’t know what’s happening with them; it’s in the hands of our lawyers.’ That’s what they generally say. They know darn well what’s going on. It’s a corrupt as can be, but it’s always been that way, always. I can’t see why it would change.
Another article I was reading today was to do with the US contractors. There are actually two contractors working in Afghanistan and Iraq – two of employees of contractors – for every soldier that’s there. Everything to do with running the US military is contracted out. It’s a money pit where no one is taking account of the billions that are getting pumped into it. No one is keeping the books. They actually said they lost 20-odd billion bucks or something and the Pentagon refuses to even have an inquiry into where it went. The scandals are horrific, HORRIFIC. As long as people are profiting at THIS kind of level, with billions of dollars of it, they will keep wars going as long as they can. It’s quite simple, quite simple.
Here’s another aspect of it too and it falls right in line with Sir Crispin Tickell, a guy who’s not very funny at all. He’s one of the heads of The Optimum Population Trust, again another upper class guy who admits that they’re all upper class whites, he said, in his group. They’re eugenicists. They believe the right of the fittest to survive and of course they think they are because they have the most of the goodies of the shares of the planet. Here’s an article to do with how eugenics ties in with global warming.
It’s no different with the harassments I’ve had… I’ve had the harassments. Even when I started off, I couldn’t figure out for the life of me what I’d said on the radio to warrant being watched outside by these SUVs or these 4-wheel drive trucks, black ones with the black windows. They would be outside my house every day. Or they’d come down the road in the middle of the night when I was walking the dog, switching off their lights and just parking 20 feet from me, no one getting out, and 10 minutes later they’d reverse the whole way back. The whole way, half a mile, onto the main road and then turn their lights back on again… night after night. Intimidation, trying to scare you off; and even worse has happened. That’s the real world we live in. Now it’s XplorNet cutting me off as well so I can’t get this stuff out to YOU.
Yeah, I do tend to go on and an hour isn’t very long enough at all to get so much out or get so much off your mind, you might say.
That’s what this is, is getting stuff off your mind hoping someone will remember it long after I’m dead.
That’s what you have to do is PASS INFORMATION ON TO THE YOUTH who are really… you’ve got to understand the incredible brainwashing they are under. Parents have to get in touch with them and realize the indoctrination they get is almost perfect, PERFECT INDOCTRINATION. The same way as we saw little Disney shows with Bambi and what did Bambi say? The mum and dad of Bambi were going through the woods because they were scared. Why? Because MAN was hunting them. MAN WAS BAD. Well they’re getting taught the same stuff about how BAD MAN IS with the environment. BAD MAN ruined the environment for the up-and-coming youth and it’s their world, you see. They use psychological techniques through all the little videos that they show them, giving them PART of every story but never ALL of ANY story… to brainwash them into TRUE up-and-coming Green-shirt fanatics. God help us all.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Alan: I read the article in fact, from the guy who did it for the CDC. It was a Japanese name. He said they took 3 genes, added them from the Spanish flu, added it to the common flu and it created a killer. Then he said at the end of it, I hope this swine flu doesn’t mutate along this path. So here they have created it and they just hope that nature doesn’t follow suit and create the same thing.
Debra: What’s curious to me and I think a lot of people are maybe questioning this, is that as far as I know, it takes at least 2 years to develop a so-called flu vaccine against one particular strain of flu.
Alan: That’s right.
Debra: Isn’t it interesting that they have this 2 years before this so-called avian/pigs-fly flu was introduced to the public? I don’t know about you, but I don’t know anybody that’s been affected by it.
Alan: No I haven’t either. I talk to people from all over the world, lots of people in Britain. They don’t anybody either that’s had it.
Debra: So I don’t even know that it exists.
Alan: Exactly. I think this is exactly what they said they’d do, present scary scenarios to the public to make them obey. I think this is exactly what they’re doing. They’ve already said at the World Health Organization in 2006, if they can just bring in mandatory inoculations they’ll get the public trained to go in every year to get mandatory shots. Not just for flu but for boosters and other inoculations down the road for the rest of their lives.
Debra: What better way to poison the whole public then.
Alan: That’s the intention. That is the intention. We’ve had all the stuff to do with the cancer viruses they put in the polio and so on. That’s all acknowledged facts now. These guys are the same eugenics plants as far as I’m concerned.
Debra: I love you Alan.